1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 case tok::kw___auto_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // end anonymous namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return nullptr; 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return nullptr; 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return nullptr; 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return nullptr; 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 351 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return nullptr; 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return nullptr; 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return nullptr; 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return nullptr; 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = nullptr; 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = 597 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 598 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1180 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1181 /// 1182 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1183 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1184 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1185 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1186 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1187 /// attribute. 1188 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1189 ASTContext &Context) { 1190 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1191 return true; 1192 1193 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1197 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1198 } 1199 1200 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1201 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1202 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1203 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1204 // scope. 1205 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1206 S = S->getParent(); 1207 1208 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1209 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1210 // into any context. 1211 if (AddToContext) 1212 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1213 1214 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1215 // are function-local declarations. 1216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1217 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1218 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1219 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1220 return; 1221 1222 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1223 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1224 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1225 return; 1226 1227 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1228 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1229 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1230 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1231 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1232 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1233 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 1235 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1236 break; 1237 } 1238 } 1239 1240 S->AddDecl(D); 1241 1242 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1243 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1244 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1245 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1246 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1247 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1248 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1249 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1250 continue; 1251 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1252 break; 1253 } 1254 1255 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1256 } else { 1257 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1262 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1263 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1264 } 1265 1266 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1267 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1268 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1269 } 1270 1271 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1272 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1273 do { 1274 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1275 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1276 return S; 1277 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1278 1279 return nullptr; 1280 } 1281 1282 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1283 DeclContext*, 1284 ASTContext&); 1285 1286 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1287 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1288 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1289 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1290 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1291 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1292 while (F.hasNext()) { 1293 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1294 1295 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1296 continue; 1297 1298 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 F.erase(); 1302 } 1303 1304 F.done(); 1305 } 1306 1307 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1308 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1309 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1311 } 1312 1313 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1314 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1315 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1316 while (F.hasNext()) 1317 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1318 F.erase(); 1319 1320 F.done(); 1321 } 1322 1323 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1324 /// @code 1325 /// class S { 1326 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1327 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// }; 1329 /// @endcode 1330 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1331 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1332 // the decl here. 1333 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1334 return false; 1335 1336 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1337 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1338 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1339 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1340 return false; 1341 } 1342 1343 // We need this to handle 1344 // 1345 // typedef struct { 1346 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1347 // } A; 1348 // 1349 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1350 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1351 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1352 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1353 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1354 // not. 1355 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1356 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1357 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1358 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1359 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1360 return true; 1361 } 1362 DC = DC->getParent(); 1363 } 1364 1365 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1366 } 1367 1368 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1369 // these semantics. 1370 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1371 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1372 return false; 1373 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1374 } 1375 1376 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1377 assert(D); 1378 1379 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1380 return false; 1381 1382 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1383 // of members of class templates. 1384 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1385 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1386 return false; 1387 1388 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1389 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1393 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1394 return false; 1395 } else { 1396 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1397 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1398 return false; 1399 } 1400 1401 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1402 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1403 return false; 1404 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1405 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1406 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1407 // like "inline".) 1408 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1409 return false; 1410 1411 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1415 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1416 return false; 1417 } else { 1418 return false; 1419 } 1420 1421 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1422 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1423 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1424 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1425 } 1426 1427 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1428 if (!D) 1429 return; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1433 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1434 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1435 } 1436 1437 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1438 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1439 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1440 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1441 } 1442 1443 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1444 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1445 } 1446 1447 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1448 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1449 return false; 1450 1451 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1452 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1453 return false; 1454 1455 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1456 return true; 1457 1458 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1459 // functions. 1460 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1461 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1462 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1463 WithinFunction = 1464 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1465 if (!WithinFunction) 1466 return false; 1467 1468 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1469 return true; 1470 1471 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1472 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1473 return false; 1474 1475 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1476 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1477 1478 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1479 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1480 1481 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1482 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1483 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1484 return false; 1485 } 1486 1487 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1488 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1489 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1493 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1494 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1498 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1502 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1503 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1504 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1505 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1506 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1507 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1508 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1509 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1510 return false; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 1516 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1517 } 1518 1519 return true; 1520 } 1521 1522 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1523 FixItHint &Hint) { 1524 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1525 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1526 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1527 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1528 return; 1529 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1530 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1531 } 1532 } 1533 1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1535 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1536 return; 1537 1538 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1539 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1540 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1541 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1543 } 1544 } 1545 1546 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1547 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1548 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1549 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1550 return; 1551 1552 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1553 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1554 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1555 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1556 return; 1557 } 1558 1559 FixItHint Hint; 1560 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1561 1562 unsigned DiagID; 1563 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1564 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1565 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1567 else 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1569 1570 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1574 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1575 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1576 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1577 // MS inline assembly label name. 1578 bool Diagnose = false; 1579 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1580 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1581 else 1582 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1583 if (Diagnose) 1584 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1585 } 1586 1587 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1588 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1589 1590 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1591 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1592 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1593 1594 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1595 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1596 1597 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1598 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1599 1600 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1601 1602 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1603 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1604 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1605 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1606 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1607 } 1608 1609 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1610 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1612 1613 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1614 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1615 } 1616 } 1617 1618 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1619 /// 1620 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1621 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1622 /// to the fixed name. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1627 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1628 /// 1629 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1630 /// class could not be found. 1631 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1632 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1633 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1634 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1635 // creation from this context. 1636 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1637 1638 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1639 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1640 // find an Objective-C class name. 1641 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1642 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1643 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1644 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1645 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1646 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1647 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1651 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1652 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1653 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1654 return Def; 1655 } 1656 1657 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1658 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1659 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1660 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1661 /// ill-formed in C++: 1662 /// @code 1663 /// struct S6 { 1664 /// enum { BAR } e; 1665 /// }; 1666 /// 1667 /// void test_S6() { 1668 /// struct S6 a; 1669 /// a.e = BAR; 1670 /// } 1671 /// @endcode 1672 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1673 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1674 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1675 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1676 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1677 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1678 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1679 /// contain non-field names. 1680 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1681 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1682 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1683 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1684 S = S->getParent(); 1685 return S; 1686 } 1687 1688 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1689 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1690 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1691 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1692 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1693 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1694 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1695 return; 1696 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1697 1698 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1699 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1700 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1701 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1702 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1703 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1704 } 1705 1706 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1707 switch (Error) { 1708 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1709 return ""; 1710 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1711 return "stdio.h"; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1713 return "setjmp.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1715 return "ucontext.h"; 1716 } 1717 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1718 } 1719 1720 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1721 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1722 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1723 /// built-in. 1724 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1725 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1726 SourceLocation Loc) { 1727 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1728 1729 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1730 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1731 if (Error) { 1732 if (ForRedeclaration) 1733 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1734 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1735 return nullptr; 1736 } 1737 1738 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1739 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1740 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1741 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1742 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1745 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1746 } 1747 1748 if (R.isNull()) 1749 return nullptr; 1750 1751 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1753 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1754 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1756 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1757 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1758 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1759 } 1760 1761 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1762 Parent, 1763 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1764 SC_Extern, 1765 false, 1766 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1767 New->setImplicit(); 1768 1769 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1770 // FunctionDecl. 1771 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1772 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1774 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1775 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1776 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1777 SC_None, nullptr); 1778 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1779 Params.push_back(parm); 1780 } 1781 New->setParams(Params); 1782 } 1783 1784 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1785 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1786 1787 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1788 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1789 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1790 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1791 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1792 CurContext = Parent; 1793 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1794 CurContext = SavedContext; 1795 return New; 1796 } 1797 1798 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1799 /// entity if their types are the same. 1800 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1801 /// isSameEntity. 1802 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1803 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1804 LookupResult &Previous) { 1805 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1806 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1807 return; 1808 1809 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1810 if (Previous.empty()) 1811 return; 1812 1813 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1814 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1815 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1816 1817 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1818 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1819 continue; 1820 1821 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1822 // different linkages. 1823 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1824 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1825 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1826 continue; 1827 1828 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1829 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1830 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1831 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 Filter.erase(); 1837 } 1838 1839 Filter.done(); 1840 } 1841 1842 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1843 QualType OldType; 1844 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1845 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1846 else 1847 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1848 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1849 1850 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1851 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1852 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1854 << Kind << NewType; 1855 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1856 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 1861 if (OldType != NewType && 1862 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1863 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1864 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1865 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1867 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1868 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1869 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1870 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1871 return true; 1872 } 1873 return false; 1874 } 1875 1876 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1877 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1878 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1879 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1880 /// 1881 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1882 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 1964 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1965 // out of the scope. 1966 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1967 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1968 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1969 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1970 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1971 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1972 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1974 } 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 1979 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1980 // with any extensions enabled. 1981 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1982 return; 1983 1984 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1985 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1986 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1987 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1988 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1989 } 1990 1991 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1992 return; 1993 1994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1995 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1996 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1997 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1998 // to the type to which it already refers. 1999 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2003 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2004 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2005 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2006 // 2007 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2008 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2009 // 2010 // struct S { 2011 // typedef struct A { } A; 2012 // }; 2013 // 2014 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2015 // allow the above but disallow 2016 // 2017 // struct S { 2018 // typedef int I; 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // }; 2021 // 2022 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2023 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2024 return; 2025 2026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2027 << New->getDeclName(); 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2029 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2030 } 2031 2032 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2033 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2034 return; 2035 2036 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2037 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2038 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2039 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2040 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2041 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2042 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2043 return; 2044 2045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2046 << New->getDeclName(); 2047 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 } 2049 2050 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2051 /// attribute. 2052 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2053 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2054 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2055 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2056 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2057 if (Ann) { 2058 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2059 return true; 2060 continue; 2061 } 2062 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2063 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2064 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2065 return true; 2066 } 2067 2068 return false; 2069 } 2070 2071 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2072 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2073 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2074 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2075 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2076 return true; 2077 } 2078 2079 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2080 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2081 /// 2082 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2083 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2084 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2085 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2086 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2087 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2088 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2089 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2090 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2091 // in a case like: 2092 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2094 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2095 // definition in such a case. 2096 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2097 return false; 2098 2099 if (I->isAlignas()) 2100 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2101 2102 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2103 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2104 OldAlign = Align; 2105 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2106 } 2107 } 2108 2109 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2110 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2111 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2112 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2113 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2114 return false; 2115 2116 if (I->isAlignas()) 2117 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2118 2119 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2120 if (Align > NewAlign) 2121 NewAlign = Align; 2122 } 2123 2124 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2125 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2126 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2127 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2128 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2129 2130 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2131 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2132 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2133 QualType Ty; 2134 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2135 Ty = VD->getType(); 2136 else 2137 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2138 2139 if (OldAlign == 0) 2140 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2141 if (NewAlign == 0) 2142 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2143 } 2144 2145 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2146 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2147 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2149 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2150 } 2151 } 2152 2153 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2154 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2155 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2156 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2157 // equivalent alignment. 2158 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2159 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2160 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2161 // have no alignment specifier. 2162 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2163 << OldAlignasAttr; 2164 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2165 << OldAlignasAttr; 2166 } 2167 2168 bool AnyAdded = false; 2169 2170 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2171 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2172 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2173 Clone->setInherited(true); 2174 New->addAttr(Clone); 2175 AnyAdded = true; 2176 } 2177 2178 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2179 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2180 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2181 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2182 Clone->setInherited(true); 2183 New->addAttr(Clone); 2184 AnyAdded = true; 2185 } 2186 2187 return AnyAdded; 2188 } 2189 2190 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2191 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2192 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2193 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2194 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2195 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2196 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2197 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2198 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2199 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2200 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2257 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2258 return true; 2259 } 2260 2261 return false; 2262 } 2263 2264 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2265 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2266 return TD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2268 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2269 if (Def) 2270 return Def; 2271 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2272 } 2273 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2274 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2275 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2276 return Def; 2277 } 2278 return nullptr; 2279 } 2280 2281 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2282 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2283 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2284 return true; 2285 return false; 2286 } 2287 2288 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2289 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2290 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2291 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2292 return; 2293 2294 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2295 if (!Def || Def == New) 2296 return; 2297 2298 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2299 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2300 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2301 2302 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2303 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2304 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2305 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2306 2307 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2308 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2309 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2310 --E; 2311 continue; 2312 } 2313 } else { 2314 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2315 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2316 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2317 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2318 : diag::err_redefinition; 2319 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2320 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2321 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2322 } 2323 ++I; 2324 continue; 2325 } 2326 2327 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2328 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2329 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2330 ++I; 2331 continue; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2336 ++I; 2337 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2338 } 2339 2340 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2341 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2342 ++I; 2343 continue; 2344 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2345 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2346 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2347 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2348 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2349 // equivalent alignment. 2350 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2351 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2352 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2353 // have no alignment specifier. 2354 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2355 << AA; 2356 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2357 << AA; 2358 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2359 --E; 2360 continue; 2361 } 2362 } 2363 2364 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2365 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2366 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2367 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2368 --E; 2369 } 2370 } 2371 2372 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2373 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2374 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2375 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2376 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2377 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2378 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2379 } 2380 2381 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2382 return; 2383 2384 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2385 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2386 2387 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2388 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2389 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2390 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2392 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 } 2394 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2395 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2396 // already been ODR-used. 2397 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2398 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2399 } 2400 } 2401 2402 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2403 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2404 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2405 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2406 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2407 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2408 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2409 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2410 << NewTag; 2411 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 } 2413 } 2414 } else { 2415 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2416 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2417 } 2418 } 2419 2420 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2421 return; 2422 2423 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2424 2425 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2426 // we process them. 2427 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2428 2429 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2430 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2431 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2432 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2433 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2434 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2435 switch (AMK) { 2436 case AMK_None: 2437 continue; 2438 2439 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2440 case AMK_Override: 2441 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2442 LocalAMK = AMK; 2443 break; 2444 } 2445 } 2446 2447 // Already handled. 2448 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2449 continue; 2450 2451 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2452 foundAny = true; 2453 } 2454 2455 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2456 foundAny = true; 2457 2458 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2459 } 2460 2461 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2462 /// to the new one. 2463 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2464 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2465 Sema &S) { 2466 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2467 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2468 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2469 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2470 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2471 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2472 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2473 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2474 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2475 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2476 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2477 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2478 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2479 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2480 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2481 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2482 } 2483 2484 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2485 return; 2486 2487 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2488 2489 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2490 // done before we process them. 2491 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2492 2493 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2494 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2495 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2496 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2497 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2498 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2499 foundAny = true; 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2504 } 2505 2506 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2507 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2508 Sema &S) { 2509 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2510 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2511 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2512 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2513 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2514 *Newnullability, 2515 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2516 != 0)) 2517 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2518 *Oldnullability, 2519 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2520 != 0)); 2521 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2522 } 2523 } else { 2524 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2525 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2526 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2527 NewT, NewT); 2528 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2529 } 2530 } 2531 } 2532 2533 namespace { 2534 2535 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2536 /// C. 2537 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2538 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2539 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2540 QualType PromotedType; 2541 }; 2542 2543 } // end anonymous namespace 2544 2545 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2546 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2547 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2548 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2549 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2550 2551 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2552 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2553 2554 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2555 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2556 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2557 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2558 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2559 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2560 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2561 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2562 } 2563 2564 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2565 } 2566 2567 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2568 // declaration, or a declaration. 2569 template <typename T> 2570 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2571 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2572 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2573 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2574 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2576 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2577 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2578 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2579 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2580 } else 2581 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2582 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2583 } 2584 2585 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2586 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2587 /// GNU89 mode. 2588 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2589 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2590 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2591 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2592 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2593 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2594 } 2595 2596 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2597 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2598 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2599 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2600 return AT; 2601 } 2602 2603 template <typename T> 2604 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2605 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2606 if (DC->isRecord()) 2607 return false; 2608 2609 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2610 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2611 return true; 2612 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2613 return true; 2614 return false; 2615 } 2616 2617 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2618 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2619 2620 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2621 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2622 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2623 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2624 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2625 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2626 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2627 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2628 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2629 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2630 // and function templates; or 2631 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2632 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2633 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2634 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2635 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2636 2637 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2638 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2639 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2640 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2641 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2642 2643 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2644 if (Old && 2645 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2646 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2647 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2648 Old = nullptr; 2649 2650 if (!Old) { 2651 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2652 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2653 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2654 return true; 2655 } 2656 return false; 2657 } 2658 2659 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2660 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2661 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2662 2663 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2664 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2665 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2666 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2667 return true; 2668 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2669 }; 2670 2671 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2672 } 2673 2674 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2675 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2676 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2677 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2678 /// 2679 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2680 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2681 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2682 /// merged with. 2683 /// 2684 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2685 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2686 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2687 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2688 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2689 if (!Old) { 2690 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2691 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2693 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2694 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2695 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2696 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2697 return true; 2698 } 2699 2700 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2701 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2702 return true; 2703 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2704 } else { 2705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2706 << New->getDeclName(); 2707 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 } 2711 2712 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2713 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2714 return true; 2715 2716 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2717 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2718 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2719 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2720 2721 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2722 // is an extern inline function. 2723 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2724 // storage classes. 2725 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2726 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2727 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2728 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2729 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2730 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2731 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2732 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2733 } else { 2734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2735 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2736 return true; 2737 } 2738 } 2739 2740 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2741 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2743 << New->getDeclName(); 2744 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2745 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2746 } 2747 2748 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2749 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2750 // convention of the first. 2751 // 2752 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2753 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2754 // 2755 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2756 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2757 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2758 // 2759 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2760 // other tests to run. 2761 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2762 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2763 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2764 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2765 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2766 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2767 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2768 2769 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2770 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2771 const FunctionType *FT = 2772 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2773 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2774 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2775 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2776 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2777 // there but not here. 2778 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2779 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2780 } else { 2781 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2782 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2783 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2784 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2785 << !FirstCCExplicit 2786 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2787 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2788 2789 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2790 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2791 return true; 2792 } 2793 } 2794 2795 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2796 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2797 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2798 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2799 } 2800 2801 // Merge regparm attribute. 2802 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2803 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2804 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2806 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2807 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2808 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2809 return true; 2810 } 2811 2812 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2813 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2814 } 2815 2816 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2817 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2818 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2819 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2820 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2821 return true; 2822 } 2823 2824 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2825 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2826 } 2827 2828 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2829 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2830 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2831 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2832 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2833 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2834 } 2835 2836 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2837 // UndefinedButUsed. 2838 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2839 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2840 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2841 Old->isUsed(false) && 2842 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2843 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2844 SourceLocation())); 2845 2846 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2847 // about it. 2848 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2849 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2850 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2851 } 2852 2853 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2854 // redeclaration. 2855 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2856 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2858 << New->getDeclName(); 2859 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2860 return true; 2861 } 2862 2863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2864 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2865 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2866 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2867 // cannot be overloaded. 2868 2869 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2870 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2871 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2872 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2873 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2874 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2875 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2876 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2877 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2878 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2879 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2880 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2881 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2882 QualType ResQT; 2883 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2884 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2885 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2886 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2887 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2888 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2889 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2890 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2892 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2893 else 2894 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2895 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2896 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2897 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 else 2901 NewQType = ResQT; 2902 } 2903 2904 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2905 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2906 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2907 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2908 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2909 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2910 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2911 New->setType( 2912 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2913 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2914 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2915 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2916 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2917 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2918 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2919 } 2920 } 2921 2922 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2923 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2924 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2925 // Preserve triviality. 2926 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2927 2928 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2929 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2930 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2931 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2932 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2933 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2934 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2935 2936 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2937 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2938 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2939 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2940 // is a static member function declaration. 2941 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2943 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2944 return true; 2945 } 2946 2947 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2948 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2949 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2950 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2951 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2952 unsigned NewDiag; 2953 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2954 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2955 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2956 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2957 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2958 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2959 else 2960 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2961 2962 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2963 } else { 2964 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2965 << New << New->getType(); 2966 } 2967 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2968 return true; 2969 2970 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2971 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2972 // 2973 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2974 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2975 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2976 if (isFriend) { 2977 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2978 } else { 2979 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2980 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2981 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2982 return true; 2983 } 2984 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2985 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2986 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2987 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2988 return true; 2989 } 2990 } 2991 2992 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2993 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2994 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2995 // attribute. 2996 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2997 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2998 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2999 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3000 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3001 } 3002 3003 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3004 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3005 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3006 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3007 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3008 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3009 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3010 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3011 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3012 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3013 } 3014 3015 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3016 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3017 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3018 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3019 3020 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3021 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3022 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3023 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3024 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3025 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3026 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3027 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3028 } 3029 3030 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3031 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3032 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3033 // 3034 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3035 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3036 // linkage within class scope. 3037 // 3038 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3039 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3041 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3042 } else { 3043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3044 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3045 return true; 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3050 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3051 3052 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3053 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3054 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3055 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3056 // when we instantiate the function. 3057 return false; 3058 } 3059 3060 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3061 } 3062 3063 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3064 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3065 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3066 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3067 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3068 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3069 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3070 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3071 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3072 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3073 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3074 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3075 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3076 NewQType = 3077 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3078 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3079 New->setType(NewQType); 3080 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3081 3082 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3083 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3084 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3085 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3086 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3087 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3088 SC_None, nullptr); 3089 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3090 Param->setImplicit(); 3091 Params.push_back(Param); 3092 } 3093 3094 New->setParams(Params); 3095 } 3096 3097 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3098 } 3099 3100 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3101 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3102 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3103 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3104 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3105 // the prototype. 3106 // 3107 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3108 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3109 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3110 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3111 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3112 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3113 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3114 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3115 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3116 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3117 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3118 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3119 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3120 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3121 3122 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3123 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3124 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3125 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3126 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3127 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3128 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3129 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3130 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3131 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3132 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3133 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3134 NewParm->getType(), 3135 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3136 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3137 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3138 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3139 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3140 } else 3141 LooseCompatible = false; 3142 } 3143 3144 if (LooseCompatible) { 3145 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3146 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3147 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3148 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3149 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3150 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3151 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3152 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3153 } 3154 3155 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3156 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3157 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3158 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3159 } 3160 3161 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3162 } 3163 3164 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3165 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3166 3167 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3168 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3169 unsigned BuiltinID; 3170 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3171 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3172 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3173 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3175 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3176 << Old << Old->getType(); 3177 3178 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3179 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3180 // 3181 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3182 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3183 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3184 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3185 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3186 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3187 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3188 3189 return false; 3190 } 3191 3192 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3193 } 3194 3195 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3196 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3197 return true; 3198 } 3199 3200 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3201 /// known to be compatible. 3202 /// 3203 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3204 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3205 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3206 /// redeclaration of Old. 3207 /// 3208 /// \returns false 3209 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3210 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3211 // Merge the attributes 3212 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3213 3214 // Merge "pure" flag. 3215 if (Old->isPure()) 3216 New->setPure(); 3217 3218 // Merge "used" flag. 3219 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3220 New->setIsUsed(); 3221 3222 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3223 // declarations. 3224 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3225 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3226 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3227 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3228 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3229 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3230 } 3231 3232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3233 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3234 3235 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3236 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3237 // was visible. 3238 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3239 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3240 New->setType(Merged); 3241 3242 return false; 3243 } 3244 3245 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3246 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3247 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3248 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3249 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3250 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3251 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3252 : AMK_Override; 3253 3254 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3255 3256 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3257 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3258 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3259 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3260 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3261 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3262 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3263 3264 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3265 } 3266 3267 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3268 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3269 3270 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3271 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3272 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3273 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3274 3275 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3276 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3277 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3278 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3279 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3280 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3281 } 3282 3283 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3284 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3285 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3286 /// 3287 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3288 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3289 /// is attached. 3290 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3291 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3292 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3293 return; 3294 3295 QualType MergedT; 3296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3297 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3298 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3299 return; 3300 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3301 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3302 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3303 } 3304 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3305 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3306 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3307 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3308 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3309 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3310 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3311 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3312 3313 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3314 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3315 // mismatch. 3316 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3317 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3318 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3319 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3320 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3321 continue; 3322 3323 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3324 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3325 } 3326 } 3327 3328 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3329 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3330 NewArray->getElementType())) 3331 MergedT = New->getType(); 3332 } 3333 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3334 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3335 // visible. 3336 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3337 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3338 NewArray->getElementType())) 3339 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3340 } 3341 } 3342 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3343 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3344 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3345 Old->getType()); 3346 } 3347 } else { 3348 // C 6.2.7p2: 3349 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3350 // compatible type. 3351 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3352 } 3353 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3354 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3355 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3356 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3357 // equivalent. 3358 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3359 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3360 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3361 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3362 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3363 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3364 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3365 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3366 return; 3367 } 3368 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3369 } 3370 3371 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3372 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3373 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3374 New->setType(MergedT); 3375 } 3376 3377 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3378 LookupResult &Previous) { 3379 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3380 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3381 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3382 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3383 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3384 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3385 // 3386 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3387 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3388 return false; 3389 3390 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3391 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3392 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3393 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3394 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3395 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3396 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3397 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3398 } else { 3399 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3400 // type unless we're in the same function. 3401 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3402 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3403 } 3404 } 3405 3406 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3407 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3408 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3409 /// 3410 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3411 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3412 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3413 /// 3414 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3415 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3416 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3417 return; 3418 3419 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3420 return; 3421 3422 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3423 3424 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3425 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3426 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3427 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3428 if (NewTemplate) { 3429 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3430 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3431 3432 if (auto *Shadow = 3433 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3434 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3435 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3436 } else { 3437 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3438 3439 if (auto *Shadow = 3440 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3441 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3442 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 if (!Old) { 3446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3447 << New->getDeclName(); 3448 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3449 diag::note_previous_definition); 3450 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3451 } 3452 3453 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3454 if (NewTemplate && 3455 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3456 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3457 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3458 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3459 3460 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3461 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3462 // 3463 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3464 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3466 << New->getIdentifier(); 3467 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3468 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3469 } 3470 3471 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3472 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3473 // declaration 3474 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3475 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3476 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3478 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3479 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3480 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3481 } 3482 3483 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3484 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3486 << New->getDeclName(); 3487 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3488 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3489 } 3490 3491 // Merge the types. 3492 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3493 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3494 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3495 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3496 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3497 return; 3498 } 3499 3500 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3501 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3502 return; 3503 3504 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3505 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3506 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3507 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3508 3509 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3510 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3511 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3512 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3513 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3514 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3515 << New->getDeclName(); 3516 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3517 } else { 3518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3519 << New->getDeclName(); 3520 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } 3523 } 3524 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3525 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3526 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3527 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3528 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3529 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3530 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3531 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3532 // identifier has external linkage. 3533 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3534 /* Okay */; 3535 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3536 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3537 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3539 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 } 3542 3543 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3544 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3545 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3547 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3549 } 3550 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3551 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3552 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3553 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3554 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 3557 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3558 3559 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3560 // need to check for mismatches. 3561 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3562 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3563 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3564 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3566 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3567 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3568 } 3569 3570 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3571 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3573 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3574 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3576 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3577 } else { 3578 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3579 // static and dynamic initialization. 3580 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3581 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3583 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3584 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3585 } 3586 } 3587 3588 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3589 VarDecl *Def; 3590 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3591 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3592 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3593 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3594 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3595 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3596 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3597 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3598 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3599 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3600 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3601 } else { 3602 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3603 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3604 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3605 return; 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3610 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3611 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3612 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3613 return; 3614 } 3615 3616 // Merge "used" flag. 3617 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3618 New->setIsUsed(); 3619 3620 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3621 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3622 if (NewTemplate) 3623 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3624 3625 // Inherit access appropriately. 3626 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3627 if (NewTemplate) 3628 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3629 } 3630 3631 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3632 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3633 Decl * 3634 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3635 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3636 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3637 AnonRecord); 3638 } 3639 3640 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3641 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3642 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3643 // compatibility. 3644 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3645 // targeted. 3646 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3647 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3648 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3649 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3650 } 3651 3652 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3653 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3654 return; 3655 3656 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3657 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3658 // it is anonymous. 3659 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3660 return; 3661 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3662 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3663 Context.setManglingNumber( 3664 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3665 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3666 return; 3667 } 3668 3669 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3670 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3671 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3672 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3673 Context.setManglingNumber( 3674 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3675 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3676 } 3677 } 3678 3679 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3680 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3681 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3682 return; 3683 3684 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3685 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3686 return; 3687 3688 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3689 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3690 3691 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3692 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3693 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3694 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3695 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3696 return; 3697 } 3698 3699 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3700 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3701 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3702 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3703 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3704 // for how to handle it. 3705 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3706 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3707 3708 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3709 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3710 3711 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3712 textToInsert += ' '; 3713 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3714 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3715 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3716 return; 3717 } 3718 3719 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3720 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3721 } 3722 3723 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3724 switch (T) { 3725 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3726 return 0; 3727 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3728 return 1; 3729 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3730 return 2; 3731 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3732 return 3; 3733 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3734 return 4; 3735 default: 3736 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3737 } 3738 } 3739 3740 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3741 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3742 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3743 Decl * 3744 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3745 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3746 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3747 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3748 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3749 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3750 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3751 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3752 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3753 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3754 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3755 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3756 3757 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3758 return nullptr; 3759 3760 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3761 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3762 // it's a Type. 3763 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3764 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3765 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3766 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3767 } 3768 3769 if (Tag) { 3770 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3771 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3772 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3773 return Tag; 3774 } 3775 3776 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3777 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3778 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3779 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3780 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3781 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3782 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3783 } 3784 3785 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3786 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3787 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3788 if (Tag) 3789 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3790 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3791 else 3792 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3793 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3794 return TagD; 3795 } 3796 3797 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3798 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3799 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3800 // its initializer. 3801 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3802 return TagD; 3803 } 3804 3805 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3806 3807 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3808 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3809 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3810 if (TagD && !Tag) 3811 return nullptr; 3812 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3813 } 3814 3815 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3816 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3817 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3818 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3819 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3820 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3821 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3822 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3823 // or an explicit specialization. 3824 // 3825 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3826 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3827 // 3828 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3829 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3830 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3831 return nullptr; 3832 } 3833 3834 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3835 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3836 3837 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3838 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3839 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3840 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3842 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3843 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3844 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3845 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3846 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3847 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3848 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3849 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3850 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3851 AnonRecord = Record; 3852 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3853 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3854 } 3855 3856 DeclaresAnything = false; 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3861 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3862 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3863 // 3864 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3865 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3867 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3868 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3869 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3870 // struct STRUCT; 3871 // union UNION; 3872 // and 3873 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3874 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3875 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3876 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3877 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3878 if (Tag) 3879 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3880 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3881 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3882 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3883 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3884 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3885 3886 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3887 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3888 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3889 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3890 } 3891 3892 DeclaresAnything = false; 3893 } 3894 } 3895 3896 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3897 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3898 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3899 return TagD; 3900 3901 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3902 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3903 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3904 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3905 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3906 DeclaresAnything = false; 3907 3908 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3909 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3910 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3911 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3912 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3913 else 3914 DeclaresAnything = false; 3915 } 3916 3917 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3918 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3919 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3920 << Tag->getTagKind() 3921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3922 3923 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3924 3925 // C 6.7/2: 3926 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3927 // or the members of an enumeration. 3928 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3929 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3930 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3931 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3932 // previous declaration. 3933 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3934 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3935 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3936 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3937 return TagD; 3938 } 3939 3940 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3941 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3942 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3943 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3944 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3945 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3946 // 3947 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3948 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3950 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3951 3952 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3953 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3954 // useless. 3955 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3956 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3957 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3958 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3959 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3960 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3961 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3962 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3963 } 3964 3965 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3966 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3967 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3968 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3969 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3970 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3971 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3972 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3973 // Restrict is covered above. 3974 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3975 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3976 } 3977 3978 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3979 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3980 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3981 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3982 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3983 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3984 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3985 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3986 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3987 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3988 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3989 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3990 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3991 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3992 } 3993 } 3994 3995 return TagD; 3996 } 3997 3998 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3999 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4000 /// 4001 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4002 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4003 Scope *S, 4004 DeclContext *Owner, 4005 DeclarationName Name, 4006 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4007 bool IsUnion) { 4008 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4009 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4010 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4011 4012 // Pick a representative declaration. 4013 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4014 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4015 4016 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4017 return false; 4018 4019 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4020 << IsUnion << Name; 4021 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4022 4023 return true; 4024 } 4025 4026 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4027 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4028 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4029 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4030 /// struct, e.g., 4031 /// 4032 /// @code 4033 /// union { 4034 /// int i; 4035 /// float f; 4036 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4037 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4038 /// @endcode 4039 /// 4040 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4041 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4042 static bool 4043 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4044 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4045 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4046 bool Invalid = false; 4047 4048 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4049 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4050 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4051 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4052 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4053 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4054 VD->getLocation(), 4055 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4056 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4057 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4058 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4059 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4060 Invalid = true; 4061 } else { 4062 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4063 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4064 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4065 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4066 // anonymous union is declared. 4067 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4068 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4069 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4070 else 4071 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4072 4073 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4074 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4075 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4076 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4077 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4078 4079 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4080 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4081 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4082 4083 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4084 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4085 4086 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4087 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4088 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4089 4090 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4091 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4092 4093 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4094 } 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 return Invalid; 4099 } 4100 4101 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4102 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4103 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4104 static StorageClass 4105 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4106 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4107 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4108 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4109 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4110 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4111 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4112 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4113 return SC_None; 4114 return SC_Extern; 4115 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4116 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4117 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4118 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4119 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4120 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4121 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4122 } 4123 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4124 } 4125 4126 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4127 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4128 4129 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4130 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4131 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4132 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4133 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4134 return FD->getLocation(); 4135 } 4136 4137 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4138 } 4139 4140 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4141 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4142 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4143 return; 4144 4145 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4146 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4147 } 4148 4149 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4150 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4151 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4152 return; 4153 4154 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4155 } 4156 4157 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4158 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4159 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4160 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4161 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4162 AccessSpecifier AS, 4163 RecordDecl *Record, 4164 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4165 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4166 4167 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4168 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4169 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4170 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4171 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4172 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4173 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4174 4175 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4176 // structs/unions. 4177 bool Invalid = false; 4178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4179 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4180 unsigned DiagID; 4181 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4182 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4183 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4184 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4185 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4186 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4187 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4188 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4189 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4190 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4191 4192 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4193 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4194 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4195 } 4196 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4197 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4198 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4199 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4200 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4201 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4202 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4203 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4204 4205 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4206 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4207 SourceLocation(), 4208 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4209 } 4210 } 4211 4212 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4213 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4214 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4215 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4216 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4218 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4219 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4220 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4221 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4222 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4223 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4224 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4225 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4226 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4227 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4228 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4229 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4230 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4231 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4232 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4233 4234 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4235 } 4236 4237 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4238 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4239 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4240 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4241 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4242 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4243 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4244 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4245 // members (clause 11). 4246 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4247 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4249 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4250 Invalid = true; 4251 } 4252 4253 // C++ [class.union]p1 4254 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4255 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4256 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4257 // array of such objects. 4258 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4259 Invalid = true; 4260 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4261 // Any implicit members are fine. 4262 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4263 // This is a type that showed up in an 4264 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4265 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4266 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4267 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4268 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4269 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4270 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4271 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4272 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4273 << Record->isUnion(); 4274 else { 4275 // This is a nested type declaration. 4276 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4277 << Record->isUnion(); 4278 Invalid = true; 4279 } 4280 } else { 4281 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4282 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4283 // not part of standard C++. 4284 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4285 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4286 << Record->isUnion(); 4287 } 4288 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4289 // Any access specifier is fine. 4290 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4291 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4292 } else { 4293 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4294 // member. Complain about it. 4295 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4296 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4297 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4298 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4299 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4300 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4301 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4302 4303 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4304 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4305 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4306 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4307 << Record->isUnion(); 4308 else { 4309 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4310 Invalid = true; 4311 } 4312 } 4313 } 4314 4315 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4316 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4317 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4318 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4319 Owner->isRecord()) 4320 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4321 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4322 } 4323 4324 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4325 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4326 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4327 Invalid = true; 4328 } 4329 4330 // Mock up a declarator. 4331 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4332 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4333 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4334 4335 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4336 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4337 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4338 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4339 DS.getLocStart(), 4340 Record->getLocation(), 4341 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4342 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4343 TInfo, 4344 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4345 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4346 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4348 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4349 } else { 4350 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4351 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4352 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4353 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4354 // an error here 4355 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4356 Invalid = true; 4357 SC = SC_None; 4358 } 4359 4360 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4361 DS.getLocStart(), 4362 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4363 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4364 TInfo, SC); 4365 4366 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4367 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4368 // initializer: 4369 // union { int n = 0; }; 4370 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4371 } 4372 Anon->setImplicit(); 4373 4374 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4375 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4376 4377 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4378 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4379 // its members. 4380 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4381 4382 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4383 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4384 // purposes. 4385 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4386 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4387 4388 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4389 Invalid = true; 4390 4391 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4392 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4393 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4394 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4395 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4396 Context.setManglingNumber( 4397 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4398 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4399 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4400 } 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 if (Invalid) 4405 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4406 4407 return Anon; 4408 } 4409 4410 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4411 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4412 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4413 /// Example: 4414 /// 4415 /// struct A { int a; }; 4416 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4417 /// 4418 /// void foo() { 4419 /// B var; 4420 /// var.a = 3; 4421 /// } 4422 /// 4423 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4424 RecordDecl *Record) { 4425 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4426 4427 // Mock up a declarator. 4428 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4429 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4430 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4431 4432 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4433 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4434 4435 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4436 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4437 ParentDecl, 4438 DS.getLocStart(), 4439 DS.getLocStart(), 4440 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4441 RecTy, 4442 TInfo, 4443 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4444 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4445 Anon->setImplicit(); 4446 4447 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4448 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4449 4450 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4451 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4452 // purposes. 4453 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4454 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4455 4456 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4457 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4458 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4459 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4460 AS_none, Chain)) { 4461 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4462 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4463 } 4464 4465 return Anon; 4466 } 4467 4468 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4469 /// given Declarator. 4470 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4471 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4472 } 4473 4474 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4475 DeclarationNameInfo 4476 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4477 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4478 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4479 4480 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4481 4482 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4483 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4484 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4485 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4486 return NameInfo; 4487 4488 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4489 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4490 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4491 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4492 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4493 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4494 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4495 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4496 return NameInfo; 4497 4498 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4499 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4500 Name.Identifier)); 4501 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4502 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4503 return NameInfo; 4504 4505 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4507 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4508 if (Ty.isNull()) 4509 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4510 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4511 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4512 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4513 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4514 return NameInfo; 4515 } 4516 4517 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4518 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4519 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4520 if (Ty.isNull()) 4521 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4522 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4523 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4524 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4525 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4526 return NameInfo; 4527 } 4528 4529 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4530 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4531 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4532 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4533 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4534 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4535 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4536 4537 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4538 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4539 4540 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4541 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4542 // was qualified. 4543 4544 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4545 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4546 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4547 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4548 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4549 return NameInfo; 4550 } 4551 4552 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4553 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4554 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4555 if (Ty.isNull()) 4556 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4557 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4558 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4559 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4560 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4561 return NameInfo; 4562 } 4563 4564 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4565 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4566 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4567 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4568 } 4569 4570 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4571 4572 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4573 } 4574 4575 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4576 do { 4577 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4578 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4579 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4580 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4581 else 4582 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4583 } while (true); 4584 } 4585 4586 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4587 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4588 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4589 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4590 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4591 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4592 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4593 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4594 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4595 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4596 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4597 Params.clear(); 4598 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4599 return false; 4600 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4601 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4602 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4603 4604 // The parameter types are identical 4605 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4606 continue; 4607 4608 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4609 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4610 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4611 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4612 4613 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4614 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4615 Params.push_back(Idx); 4616 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4617 return false; 4618 } 4619 4620 return true; 4621 } 4622 4623 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4624 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4625 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4626 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4627 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4628 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4629 DeclarationName Name) { 4630 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4631 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4632 // - types which will become injected class names 4633 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4634 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4635 // few cases here. 4636 4637 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4638 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4639 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4640 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4641 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4642 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4643 // Grab the type from the parser. 4644 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4645 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4646 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4647 4648 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4649 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4650 // attached already. 4651 if (!TSI) 4652 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4653 4654 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4655 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4656 if (!TSI) return true; 4657 4658 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4659 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4660 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4661 break; 4662 } 4663 4664 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4665 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4666 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4667 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4668 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4669 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4670 break; 4671 } 4672 4673 default: 4674 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4675 break; 4676 } 4677 4678 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4679 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4680 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4681 4682 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4683 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4684 // pointer. 4685 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4686 continue; 4687 4688 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4689 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4690 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4691 return true; 4692 } 4693 4694 return false; 4695 } 4696 4697 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4698 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4699 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4700 4701 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4702 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4703 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4704 4705 return Dcl; 4706 } 4707 4708 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4709 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4710 /// name different from T: 4711 /// - every static data member of class T; 4712 /// - every member function of class T 4713 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4714 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4715 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4716 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4717 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4718 4719 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4720 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4721 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4722 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4723 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4724 return true; 4725 } 4726 4727 return false; 4728 } 4729 4730 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4731 /// nested-name-specifier. 4732 /// 4733 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4734 /// 4735 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4736 /// resolves. 4737 /// 4738 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4739 /// 4740 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4741 /// 4742 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4743 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4744 DeclarationName Name, 4745 SourceLocation Loc) { 4746 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4747 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4748 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4749 4750 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4751 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4752 // 4753 // class X { 4754 // void X::f(); 4755 // }; 4756 // 4757 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4758 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4759 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4760 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4761 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4762 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4763 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4764 SS.clear(); 4765 } else { 4766 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4767 } 4768 return false; 4769 } 4770 4771 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4772 // declaration. 4773 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4774 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4776 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4777 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4779 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4780 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4781 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4782 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4783 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4784 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4785 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4786 else 4787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4788 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4789 4790 return true; 4791 } 4792 4793 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4794 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4795 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4796 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4797 SS.clear(); 4798 4799 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4800 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4801 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4802 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4803 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4804 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4805 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4806 return true; 4807 4808 return false; 4809 } 4810 4811 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4812 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4813 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4814 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4815 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4816 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4817 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4818 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4819 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4820 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4821 4822 return false; 4823 } 4824 4825 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4826 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4827 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4828 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4829 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4830 4831 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4832 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4833 if (!Name) { 4834 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4835 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4836 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4837 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4838 return nullptr; 4839 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4840 return nullptr; 4841 4842 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4843 // we find one that is. 4844 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4845 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4846 S = S->getParent(); 4847 4848 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4849 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4850 D.setInvalidType(); 4851 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4852 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4853 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4854 return nullptr; 4855 4856 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4857 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4858 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4859 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4860 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4861 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4862 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4864 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4865 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4866 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4867 return nullptr; 4868 } 4869 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4870 4871 if (!IsDependentContext && 4872 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4873 return nullptr; 4874 4875 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4876 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4877 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4878 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4879 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4880 return nullptr; 4881 } 4882 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4883 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4884 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4885 if (DC->isRecord()) 4886 return nullptr; 4887 4888 D.setInvalidType(); 4889 } 4890 } 4891 4892 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4893 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4894 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4895 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4896 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4897 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4898 D.setInvalidType(); 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4903 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4904 4905 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4906 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4907 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4908 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4909 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4910 return nullptr; 4911 4912 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4913 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4914 D.setInvalidType(); 4915 4916 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4917 ForRedeclaration); 4918 4919 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4920 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4921 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4922 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4923 4924 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4925 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4926 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4927 // 4928 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4929 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4930 // the same name. 4931 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4932 /* Do nothing*/; 4933 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4934 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4935 R->isFunctionType())) { 4936 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4937 CreateBuiltins = 4938 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4939 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4940 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4941 CreateBuiltins = true; 4942 4943 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4944 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4945 4946 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4947 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4948 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4949 4950 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4951 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4952 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4953 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4954 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4955 // thereof; [...] 4956 // 4957 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4958 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4959 // we want to match. For example, given: 4960 // 4961 // class X { 4962 // void f(); 4963 // void f(float); 4964 // }; 4965 // 4966 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4967 // 4968 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4969 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4970 // matches. 4971 4972 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4973 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4974 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4975 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4976 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4977 } 4978 4979 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4980 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4981 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4982 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4983 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4984 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4985 4986 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4987 Previous.clear(); 4988 } 4989 4990 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4991 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4992 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4993 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4994 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4995 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4996 Previous.clear(); 4997 4998 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4999 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5001 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5002 5003 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5004 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5005 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5006 // template, declared in namespace scope 5007 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5008 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5009 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5010 return nullptr; 5011 } 5012 5013 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5014 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5015 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5016 return nullptr; 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 NamedDecl *New; 5021 5022 bool AddToScope = true; 5023 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5024 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5025 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5026 return nullptr; 5027 } 5028 5029 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5030 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5031 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5032 TemplateParamLists, 5033 AddToScope); 5034 } else { 5035 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5036 AddToScope); 5037 } 5038 5039 if (!New) 5040 return nullptr; 5041 5042 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5043 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5044 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5045 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5046 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5047 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5048 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5049 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5050 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5051 if (!AddToContext) 5052 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5053 } 5054 5055 return New; 5056 } 5057 5058 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5059 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5060 /// GCC compatibility). 5061 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5062 ASTContext &Context, 5063 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5064 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5065 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5066 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5067 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5068 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5069 SizeIsNegative = false; 5070 Oversized = 0; 5071 5072 if (T->isDependentType()) 5073 return QualType(); 5074 5075 QualifierCollector Qs; 5076 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5077 5078 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5079 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5080 QualType FixedType = 5081 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5082 Oversized); 5083 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5084 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5085 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5086 } 5087 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5088 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5089 QualType FixedType = 5090 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5091 Oversized); 5092 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5093 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5094 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5095 } 5096 5097 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5098 if (!VLATy) 5099 return QualType(); 5100 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5101 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5102 return QualType(); 5103 5104 llvm::APSInt Res; 5105 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5106 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5107 return QualType(); 5108 5109 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5110 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5111 SizeIsNegative = true; 5112 return QualType(); 5113 } 5114 5115 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5116 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5117 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5118 Res); 5119 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5120 Oversized = Res; 5121 return QualType(); 5122 } 5123 5124 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5125 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5126 } 5127 5128 static void 5129 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5130 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5131 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5132 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5133 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5134 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5135 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5136 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5137 return; 5138 } 5139 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5140 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5141 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5142 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5143 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5144 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5145 return; 5146 } 5147 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5148 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5149 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5150 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5151 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5152 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5153 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5154 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5155 } 5156 5157 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5158 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5159 /// GCC compatibility). 5160 static TypeSourceInfo* 5161 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5162 ASTContext &Context, 5163 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5164 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5165 QualType FixedTy 5166 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5167 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5168 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5169 return nullptr; 5170 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5171 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5172 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5173 return FixedTInfo; 5174 } 5175 5176 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5177 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5178 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5179 /// function-scope declarations. 5180 void 5181 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5182 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5183 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5184 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5185 return; 5186 5187 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5188 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5189 } 5190 5191 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5192 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5193 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5194 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5195 } 5196 5197 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5198 /// does not identify a function. 5199 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5200 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5201 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5202 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5203 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5204 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5205 5206 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5207 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5208 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5209 5210 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5211 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5212 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5213 5214 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5215 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5216 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5217 } 5218 5219 NamedDecl* 5220 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5222 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5223 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5224 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5225 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5226 D.setInvalidType(); 5227 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5228 DC = CurContext; 5229 Previous.clear(); 5230 } 5231 5232 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5233 5234 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5235 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5236 << 1; 5237 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5239 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5240 5241 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5242 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5243 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5244 return nullptr; 5245 } 5246 5247 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5248 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5249 5250 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5251 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5252 5253 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5254 5255 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5256 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5257 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5258 return ND; 5259 } 5260 5261 void 5262 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5263 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5264 // then it shall have block scope. 5265 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5266 // that redeclarations will match. 5267 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5268 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5269 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5270 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5271 5272 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5273 bool SizeIsNegative; 5274 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5275 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5276 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5277 SizeIsNegative, 5278 Oversized); 5279 if (FixedTInfo) { 5280 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5281 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5282 } else { 5283 if (SizeIsNegative) 5284 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5285 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5286 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5287 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5288 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5289 << Oversized.toString(10); 5290 else 5291 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5292 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5293 } 5294 } 5295 } 5296 } 5297 5298 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5299 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5300 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5301 NamedDecl* 5302 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5303 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5304 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5305 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5306 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5307 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5308 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5309 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5310 Redeclaration = true; 5311 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5312 } 5313 5314 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5315 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5316 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5317 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5318 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5319 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5320 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5321 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5322 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5323 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5324 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5325 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5326 } 5327 5328 return NewTD; 5329 } 5330 5331 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5332 /// previous declaration. 5333 /// 5334 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5335 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5336 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5337 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5338 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5339 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5340 /// 5341 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5342 /// lookup 5343 /// 5344 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5345 /// declared. 5346 /// 5347 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5348 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5349 static bool 5350 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5351 ASTContext &Context) { 5352 if (!PrevDecl) 5353 return false; 5354 5355 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5356 return false; 5357 5358 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5359 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5360 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5361 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5362 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5363 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5364 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5365 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5366 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5367 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5368 return false; 5369 5370 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5371 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5372 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5373 return false; 5374 5375 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5376 // previous declarations. 5377 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5378 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5379 5380 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5381 // isn't the same function. 5382 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5383 return false; 5384 } 5385 5386 return true; 5387 } 5388 5389 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5390 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5391 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5392 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5393 } 5394 5395 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5396 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5397 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5398 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5399 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5400 unsigned kind = -1U; 5401 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5402 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5403 kind = 0; // __block 5404 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5405 kind = 1; // global 5406 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5407 kind = 3; // ivar 5408 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5409 kind = 2; // field 5410 } 5411 5412 if (kind != -1U) { 5413 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5414 << kind; 5415 } 5416 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5417 // Try to infer lifetime. 5418 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5419 return false; 5420 5421 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5422 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5423 decl->setType(type); 5424 } 5425 5426 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5427 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5428 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5429 var->getTLSKind()) { 5430 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5431 << var->getType(); 5432 return true; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 return false; 5437 } 5438 5439 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5440 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5441 // the wrong linkage. 5442 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5443 5444 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5445 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5446 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5447 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5448 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5449 } 5450 } 5451 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5452 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5453 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5454 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5455 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5456 } 5457 } 5458 5459 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5460 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5461 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5462 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5463 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5464 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5465 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5471 // It does not apply to functions. 5472 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5473 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5474 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5475 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5476 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5481 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5482 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5483 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5484 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5485 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5486 << &ND << Attr; 5487 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5488 } 5489 } 5490 5491 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5492 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5493 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5494 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5495 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5496 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5497 << Attr; 5498 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5503 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5504 bool IsSpecialization) { 5505 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5506 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5507 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5508 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5509 5510 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5511 return; 5512 5513 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5514 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5515 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5516 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5517 5518 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5519 // inherited attribute instances. 5520 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5521 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5522 5523 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5524 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5525 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5526 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5527 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5528 5529 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5530 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5531 bool JustWarn = false; 5532 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5533 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5534 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5535 JustWarn = true; 5536 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5537 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5538 JustWarn = true; 5539 } 5540 5541 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5542 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5543 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5544 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5545 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5546 JustWarn = false; 5547 5548 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5549 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5550 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5551 << NewDecl 5552 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5553 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5554 if (!JustWarn) { 5555 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5556 return; 5557 } 5558 } 5559 5560 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5561 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5562 // and qualified friend declarations. 5563 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5564 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5565 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5566 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5567 // separately. 5568 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5569 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5570 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5571 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5572 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5573 } 5574 5575 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5576 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5577 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5578 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5579 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5580 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5581 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5582 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5583 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5584 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5585 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5586 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5587 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5588 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5589 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5590 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5591 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5592 } 5593 } 5594 5595 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5596 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5597 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5598 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5599 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5600 5601 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5602 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5603 5604 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5605 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5606 return false; 5607 5608 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5609 5610 #ifndef NDEBUG 5611 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5612 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5613 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5614 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5615 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5616 #endif 5617 5618 bool isC99Inline = 5619 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5620 5621 #ifndef NDEBUG 5622 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5623 #endif 5624 5625 return isC99Inline; 5626 } 5627 5628 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5629 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5630 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5631 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5632 /// 5633 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5634 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5635 /// 5636 /// For instance: 5637 /// 5638 /// auto x = []{}; 5639 /// 5640 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5641 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5642 /// 5643 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5644 template<typename T> 5645 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5646 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5647 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5648 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5649 return false; 5650 5651 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5652 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5653 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5654 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5655 return false; 5656 } 5657 return D->isExternC(); 5658 } 5659 5660 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5661 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5662 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5663 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5664 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5665 return true; 5666 if (DC->isRecord()) 5667 return false; 5668 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5669 } 5670 5671 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5672 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5673 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5674 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5675 return true; 5676 if (DC->isRecord()) 5677 return false; 5678 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5679 } 5680 5681 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5682 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5683 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5684 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5685 return true; 5686 return false; 5687 } 5688 5689 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5690 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5691 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5692 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5693 return true; 5694 5695 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5696 // position to the decl itself. 5697 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5698 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5699 return true; 5700 } 5701 5702 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5703 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5704 } 5705 5706 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5707 /// function-local external declaration. 5708 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5709 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5710 return false; 5711 5712 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5713 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5714 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5715 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5716 return true; 5717 5718 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5719 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5720 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5721 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5722 // 5723 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5724 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5725 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5726 DC = DC->getParent(); 5727 return true; 5728 } 5729 5730 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5731 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5732 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5733 return FD->isExternC(); 5734 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5735 return VD->isExternC(); 5736 5737 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5738 } 5739 5740 NamedDecl * 5741 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5742 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5743 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5744 bool &AddToScope) { 5745 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5746 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5747 5748 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5749 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5750 // argument. 5751 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5752 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5753 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5754 << R; 5755 D.setInvalidType(); 5756 return nullptr; 5757 } 5758 5759 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5760 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5761 5762 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5763 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5764 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5765 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5766 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5767 SC = SC_Extern; 5768 5769 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5770 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5771 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5772 5773 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5774 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5775 QualType NR = R; 5776 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5777 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5779 D.setInvalidType(); 5780 break; 5781 } 5782 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5783 } 5784 5785 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5786 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5787 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5788 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5790 D.setInvalidType(); 5791 } 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5796 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5797 // an error here 5798 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5799 D.setInvalidType(); 5800 SC = SC_None; 5801 } 5802 5803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5804 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5805 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5806 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5807 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5808 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5809 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5810 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5811 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5812 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5813 } 5814 5815 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5816 if (!II) { 5817 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5818 << Name; 5819 return nullptr; 5820 } 5821 5822 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5823 5824 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5825 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5826 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5827 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5828 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5829 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5830 D.setInvalidType(); 5831 } 5832 } 5833 5834 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5835 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5836 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5837 // space qualifiers. 5838 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5839 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5840 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5841 } 5842 5843 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5844 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5845 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5846 // address space qualifiers. 5847 if (R->isEventT()) { 5848 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5849 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5850 D.setInvalidType(); 5851 } 5852 5853 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5854 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5855 D.setInvalidType(); 5856 } 5857 } 5858 } 5859 5860 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5861 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5862 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5863 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5864 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5865 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5866 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5867 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5868 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5869 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5870 R, TInfo, SC); 5871 5872 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5873 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5874 5875 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5876 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5877 } else { 5878 bool Invalid = false; 5879 5880 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5881 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5882 switch (SC) { 5883 case SC_None: 5884 break; 5885 case SC_Static: 5886 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5887 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5888 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5889 break; 5890 case SC_Auto: 5891 case SC_Register: 5892 case SC_Extern: 5893 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5894 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5895 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5896 // of class members 5897 5898 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5899 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5900 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5901 break; 5902 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5903 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5904 } 5905 } 5906 5907 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5908 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5909 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5911 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5912 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5913 5914 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5915 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5916 if (RD->isUnion()) 5917 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5918 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5919 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5920 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5921 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5922 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5923 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5924 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5925 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5926 } 5927 } 5928 5929 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5930 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5931 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5932 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5933 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5934 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5935 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5936 : nullptr, 5937 TemplateParamLists, 5938 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5939 5940 if (TemplateParams) { 5941 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5942 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5943 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5944 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5945 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5946 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5947 << II 5948 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5949 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5950 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5951 } else { 5952 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5953 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5954 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5955 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5956 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5957 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5958 // This is a template declaration. 5959 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5960 5961 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5962 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5963 return nullptr; 5964 5965 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5966 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5967 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5968 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5969 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 } else { 5973 assert( 5974 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5975 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5976 } 5977 5978 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5979 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5980 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5981 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5982 : SourceLocation(); 5983 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5984 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5985 IsPartialSpecialization); 5986 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5987 return nullptr; 5988 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5989 AddToScope = false; 5990 } else 5991 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5992 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5993 5994 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5995 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5996 NewTemplate = 5997 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5998 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5999 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6000 } 6001 6002 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6003 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6004 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6005 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6006 6007 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6008 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6009 if (NewTemplate) 6010 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6011 } 6012 6013 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6014 6015 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6016 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6017 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6018 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6019 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6020 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6021 6022 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6023 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6024 6025 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6026 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6027 VTD->setConcept(); 6028 6029 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6030 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6031 // specifiers, [...] 6032 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6033 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6034 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6035 << 0 << 0; 6036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6037 } 6038 6039 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6040 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6041 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6042 << 0 << 3; 6043 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6044 } 6045 6046 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6047 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6048 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6049 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6050 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6051 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6052 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6053 } 6054 6055 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6056 // following restrictions: 6057 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6058 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6059 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6061 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6062 } 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6067 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6068 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6069 if (NewTemplate) 6070 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6071 6072 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6073 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6074 6075 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6076 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6077 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6078 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6079 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6080 // explicitly. 6081 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6082 // 'extern'. 6083 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6084 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6085 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6086 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6087 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6088 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6089 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6090 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6091 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6092 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6093 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6094 // error should be ignored. 6095 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6096 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6097 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6098 // to emit any code for it. 6099 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6100 } else 6101 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6102 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6103 } else 6104 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6105 } 6106 6107 // C99 6.7.4p3 6108 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6109 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6110 // thread storage duration... 6111 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6112 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6113 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6114 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6115 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6116 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6117 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6118 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6119 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6120 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6121 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6122 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6123 } 6124 } 6125 6126 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6127 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6129 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6130 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6131 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6132 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6133 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6134 << 2 6135 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6136 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6137 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6138 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6139 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6140 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6141 else { 6142 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6143 if (NewTemplate) 6144 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6145 } 6146 } 6147 6148 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6149 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6150 6151 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6152 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6153 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6154 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6155 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6156 // storage [duration]." 6157 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6158 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6159 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6160 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6161 } 6162 } 6163 6164 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6165 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6166 // check the VarDecl itself. 6167 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6168 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6169 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6170 6171 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6172 // retainable type. 6173 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6174 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 6176 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6177 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6178 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6179 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6180 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6181 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6182 switch (SC) { 6183 case SC_None: 6184 case SC_Auto: 6185 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6186 break; 6187 case SC_Register: 6188 // Local Named register 6189 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6190 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6191 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6192 break; 6193 case SC_Static: 6194 case SC_Extern: 6195 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6196 break; 6197 } 6198 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6199 // Global Named register 6200 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6201 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6202 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6203 6204 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6205 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6206 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6207 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6208 HasSizeMismatch)) 6209 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6210 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6211 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6212 } 6213 6214 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6215 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6216 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6217 } 6218 } 6219 6220 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6221 Context, Label, 0)); 6222 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6223 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6224 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6225 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6226 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6227 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6228 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6229 } else 6230 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6231 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6232 } 6233 } 6234 6235 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6236 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6237 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6238 6239 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6240 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6241 // declaration has linkage). 6242 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6243 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6244 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6245 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6246 6247 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6248 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6250 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6251 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6252 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6253 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6254 6255 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6256 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6257 } else { 6258 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6259 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6260 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6261 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6262 6263 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6264 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6265 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6266 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6267 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6268 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6269 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6270 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6271 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6272 Previous.clear(); 6273 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6274 } 6275 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6276 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6277 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6278 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6279 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6280 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6281 } 6282 6283 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6284 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6285 6286 if (NewTemplate) { 6287 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6288 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6289 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6290 : nullptr; 6291 6292 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6293 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6294 // template declaration. 6295 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6296 TemplateParams, 6297 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6298 : nullptr, 6299 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6300 DC->isDependentContext()) 6301 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6302 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6303 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 6305 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6306 // template, make a note of that. 6307 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6308 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6309 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6310 } 6311 } 6312 6313 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6314 6315 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6316 // the map of such variables. 6317 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6318 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6319 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6320 6321 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6322 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6323 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6324 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6325 Context.setManglingNumber( 6326 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6327 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6328 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6329 } 6330 } 6331 6332 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6333 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6334 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6335 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6336 6337 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6338 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6339 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6340 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6341 6342 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6343 // behavior. 6344 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6345 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6346 } 6347 6348 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6349 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6350 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6351 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6352 } 6353 6354 if (NewTemplate) { 6355 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6356 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6357 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6358 return NewTemplate; 6359 } 6360 6361 return NewVD; 6362 } 6363 6364 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6365 /// -Wshadow. 6366 /// 6367 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6368 /// scope. 6369 /// 6370 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6371 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6372 /// 6373 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6374 // Return if warning is ignored. 6375 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6376 return; 6377 6378 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6379 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6380 return; 6381 6382 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6383 6384 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6385 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6386 return; 6387 6388 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6389 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6390 return; 6391 6392 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6393 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6394 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6395 if (MD->isStatic()) 6396 return; 6397 6398 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6399 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6400 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6401 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6402 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6403 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6404 ShadowedDecl = I; 6405 break; 6406 } 6407 } 6408 6409 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6410 6411 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6412 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6413 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6414 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6415 return; 6416 6417 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6418 // static data members from base classes? 6419 6420 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6421 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6422 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6423 } 6424 6425 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6426 6427 // The order must be consistent with the %select in the warning message. 6428 enum ShadowedDeclKind { Local, Global, StaticMember, Field }; 6429 ShadowedDeclKind Kind; 6430 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6431 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6432 Kind = Field; 6433 else 6434 Kind = StaticMember; 6435 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) { 6436 Kind = Global; 6437 } else { 6438 Kind = Local; 6439 } 6440 6441 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6442 6443 // Emit warning and note. 6444 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6445 return; 6446 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6447 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6448 } 6449 6450 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6451 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6452 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6453 return; 6454 6455 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6456 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6457 LookupName(R, S); 6458 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6459 } 6460 6461 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6462 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6463 template<typename T> 6464 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6465 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6466 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6467 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6468 6469 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6470 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6471 // declaration. 6472 return false; 6473 } 6474 6475 if (Prev) { 6476 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6477 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6478 // redeclaration. 6479 Previous.clear(); 6480 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6481 return true; 6482 } 6483 6484 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6485 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6486 // declaration. 6487 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6488 return false; 6489 } else { 6490 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6491 // translation unit which might conflict. 6492 if (IsGlobal) { 6493 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6494 IsGlobal = false; 6495 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6496 I != E; ++I) { 6497 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6498 Prev = *I; 6499 break; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 } else { 6503 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6504 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6505 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6506 I != E; ++I) { 6507 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6508 Prev = *I; 6509 break; 6510 } 6511 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6512 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6513 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6514 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6515 // diagnostic. 6516 } 6517 } 6518 6519 if (!Prev) 6520 return false; 6521 } 6522 6523 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6524 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6525 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6526 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6527 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6528 else 6529 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6530 6531 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6532 << IsGlobal << ND; 6533 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6534 << IsGlobal; 6535 return false; 6536 } 6537 6538 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6539 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6540 /// 6541 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6542 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6543 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6544 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6545 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6546 template<typename T> 6547 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6548 LookupResult &Previous) { 6549 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6550 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6551 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6552 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6553 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6554 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6555 Previous.clear(); 6556 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6557 return true; 6558 } 6559 } 6560 return false; 6561 } 6562 6563 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6564 // declaration. 6565 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6566 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6567 6568 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6569 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6570 // in another scope. 6571 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6572 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6573 6574 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6575 return false; 6576 } 6577 6578 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6579 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6580 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6581 return; 6582 6583 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6584 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6585 6586 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6587 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6588 return; 6589 6590 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6591 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6592 6593 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6594 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6596 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6597 NewVD->setType(T); 6598 } 6599 6600 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6601 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6602 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6603 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6604 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6605 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6606 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6607 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6608 return; 6609 } 6610 6611 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6612 // scope. 6613 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6614 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6615 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6616 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6617 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6618 return; 6619 } 6620 6621 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6622 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6623 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6624 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6625 return; 6626 } 6627 6628 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6629 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6630 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6631 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6632 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6633 << 0 /*const*/; 6634 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6635 return; 6636 } 6637 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6638 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6639 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6640 return; 6641 } 6642 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6643 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6644 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6645 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6646 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6647 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6648 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6649 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 return; 6652 } 6653 } 6654 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6655 // __constant address space. 6656 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6657 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6658 // address space. 6659 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6660 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6661 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6662 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6663 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6664 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6665 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6666 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6667 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6668 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6669 else 6670 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6671 << Scope << "constant"; 6672 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 return; 6674 } 6675 } else { 6676 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6677 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6678 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6679 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6680 return; 6681 } 6682 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6683 // in functions. 6684 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6685 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6686 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6687 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6688 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6689 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6690 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6691 else 6692 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6693 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6694 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6695 return; 6696 } 6697 } 6698 } 6699 } 6700 6701 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6702 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6703 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6704 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6705 else { 6706 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6707 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6708 } 6709 } 6710 6711 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6712 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6713 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6714 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6715 6716 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6717 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6718 bool SizeIsNegative; 6719 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6720 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6721 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6722 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6723 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6724 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6725 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6726 // int a[10][n]; 6727 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6728 6729 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6730 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6731 << SizeRange; 6732 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6733 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6734 << SizeRange; 6735 else 6736 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6737 << SizeRange; 6738 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6739 return; 6740 } 6741 6742 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6743 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6744 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6745 else 6746 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6747 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6748 return; 6749 } 6750 6751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6752 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6753 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6754 } 6755 6756 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6757 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6758 // of objects and functions. 6759 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6760 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6761 << T; 6762 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6763 return; 6764 } 6765 } 6766 6767 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6768 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6769 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6770 return; 6771 } 6772 6773 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6774 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6775 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6776 return; 6777 } 6778 6779 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6780 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6781 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6782 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6783 return; 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6788 /// declaration. 6789 /// 6790 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6791 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6792 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6793 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6794 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6795 /// 6796 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6797 /// 6798 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6799 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6800 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6801 6802 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6803 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6804 return false; 6805 6806 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6807 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6808 if (Previous.empty() && 6809 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6810 Previous.setShadowed(); 6811 6812 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6813 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6814 return true; 6815 } 6816 return false; 6817 } 6818 6819 namespace { 6820 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6821 Sema *S; 6822 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6823 6824 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6825 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6826 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6827 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6828 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6829 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6830 6831 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6832 6833 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6834 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6835 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6836 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6837 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6838 6839 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6840 } 6841 6842 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6843 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6844 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6845 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6846 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6847 return true; 6848 } 6849 } 6850 6851 return false; 6852 } 6853 }; 6854 6855 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6856 } // end anonymous namespace 6857 6858 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6859 /// overriden methods. 6860 /// 6861 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6862 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6863 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6864 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6865 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6866 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6867 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6868 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6869 I != E; ++I) { 6870 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6871 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6872 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6873 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6874 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6875 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6876 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6877 } 6878 } 6879 6880 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6881 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6882 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6883 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6884 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6885 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6886 FOM.Method = MD; 6887 FOM.S = this; 6888 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6889 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6890 bool AddedAny = false; 6891 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6892 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6893 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6894 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6895 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6896 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6897 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6898 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6899 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6900 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6901 AddedAny = true; 6902 } 6903 } 6904 } 6905 } 6906 6907 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6908 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6909 } 6910 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6911 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6912 } 6913 6914 return AddedAny; 6915 } 6916 6917 namespace { 6918 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6919 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6920 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6921 Scope *S; 6922 Declarator &D; 6923 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6924 bool AddToScope; 6925 }; 6926 } // end anonymous namespace 6927 6928 namespace { 6929 6930 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6931 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6932 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6933 public: 6934 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6935 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6936 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6937 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6938 6939 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6940 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6941 return false; 6942 6943 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6944 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6945 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6946 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6947 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6948 6949 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6950 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6951 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6952 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6953 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6954 return true; 6955 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6956 return true; 6957 } 6958 } 6959 } 6960 6961 return false; 6962 } 6963 6964 private: 6965 ASTContext &Context; 6966 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6967 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6968 }; 6969 6970 } // end anonymous namespace 6971 6972 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6973 /// 6974 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6975 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6976 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6977 /// the same name. 6978 /// 6979 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6980 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6981 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6982 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6983 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6984 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6985 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6986 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6987 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6988 TypoCorrection Correction; 6989 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6990 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6991 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6992 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6993 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6994 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6995 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6996 6997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6998 if (IsLocalFriend) 6999 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7000 else 7001 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7002 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7003 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7004 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7005 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7006 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7007 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7008 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7009 if (FD && 7010 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7011 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7012 // involve a parameter 7013 unsigned ParamNum = 7014 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7015 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7016 } 7017 } 7018 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7019 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7020 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7021 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7022 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7023 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7024 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7025 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7026 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7027 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7028 Previous.clear(); 7029 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7030 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7031 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7032 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7033 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7034 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7035 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7036 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7037 } 7038 } 7039 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7040 7041 NamedDecl *Result; 7042 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7043 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7044 { 7045 // Trap errors. 7046 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7047 7048 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7049 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7050 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7051 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7052 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7053 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7054 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7055 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7056 7057 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7058 Result = nullptr; 7059 } 7060 7061 if (Result) { 7062 // Determine which correction we picked. 7063 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7064 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7065 I != E; ++I) 7066 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7067 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7068 7069 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7070 Correction, 7071 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7072 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7073 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7074 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7075 return Result; 7076 } 7077 7078 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7079 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7080 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7081 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7082 Previous.clear(); 7083 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7084 } 7085 7086 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7087 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7088 7089 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7090 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7091 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7092 7093 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7094 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7095 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7096 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7097 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7098 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7099 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7100 7101 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7102 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7103 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7104 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7105 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7106 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7107 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7108 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7109 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7110 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7111 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7112 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7113 } else 7114 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7115 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7116 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7117 } 7118 return nullptr; 7119 } 7120 7121 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7122 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7123 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7124 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7125 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7126 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7127 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7128 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7129 D.setInvalidType(); 7130 break; 7131 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7132 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7133 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7134 return SC_None; 7135 return SC_Extern; 7136 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7137 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7138 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7139 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7140 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7141 // other than extern 7142 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7143 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7144 diag::err_static_block_func); 7145 break; 7146 } else 7147 return SC_Static; 7148 } 7149 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7150 } 7151 7152 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7153 return SC_None; 7154 } 7155 7156 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7157 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7158 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7159 StorageClass SC, 7160 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7161 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7162 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7163 7164 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7165 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7166 7167 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7168 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7169 // prototype. This true when: 7170 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7171 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7172 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7173 bool HasPrototype = 7174 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7175 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7176 7177 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7178 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7179 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7180 HasPrototype, false); 7181 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7182 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7183 7184 return NewFD; 7185 } 7186 7187 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7188 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7189 7190 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7191 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7192 // the class has been completely parsed. 7193 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7194 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7195 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7196 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7197 D.setInvalidType(); 7198 7199 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7200 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7201 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7202 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7203 7204 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7205 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7206 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7207 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7208 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7209 isConstexpr); 7210 7211 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7212 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7213 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7214 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7215 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7216 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7217 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7218 D.getLocStart(), 7219 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7220 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7221 7222 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7223 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7224 // it yet. 7225 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7226 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7227 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7228 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7229 } 7230 7231 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7232 return NewDD; 7233 7234 } else { 7235 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7236 D.setInvalidType(); 7237 7238 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7239 // code path. 7240 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7241 D.getLocStart(), 7242 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7243 SC, isInline, 7244 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7245 } 7246 7247 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7248 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7249 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7250 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7251 return nullptr; 7252 } 7253 7254 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7255 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7256 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7257 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7258 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7259 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7260 7261 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7262 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7263 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7264 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7265 // constructor if it has no return type). 7266 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7267 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7268 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7269 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7270 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7271 return nullptr; 7272 } 7273 7274 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7275 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7276 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7277 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7278 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7279 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7280 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7281 return Ret; 7282 } else { 7283 bool isFriend = 7284 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7285 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7286 return nullptr; 7287 7288 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7289 // prototype. This true when: 7290 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7291 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7292 D.getLocStart(), 7293 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7294 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 enum OpenCLParamType { 7299 ValidKernelParam, 7300 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7301 PtrKernelParam, 7302 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7303 InvalidKernelParam, 7304 RecordKernelParam 7305 }; 7306 7307 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7308 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7309 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7310 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7311 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7312 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7313 : PtrKernelParam; 7314 } 7315 7316 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7317 // be used as builtin types. 7318 7319 if (PT->isImageType()) 7320 return PtrKernelParam; 7321 7322 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7323 return InvalidKernelParam; 7324 7325 if (PT->isEventT()) 7326 return InvalidKernelParam; 7327 7328 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7329 return InvalidKernelParam; 7330 7331 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7332 return RecordKernelParam; 7333 7334 return ValidKernelParam; 7335 } 7336 7337 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7338 Sema &S, 7339 Declarator &D, 7340 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7341 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7342 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7343 7344 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7345 // used again 7346 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7347 return; 7348 7349 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7350 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7351 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7352 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7353 // pointer to a pointer type. 7354 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7355 D.setInvalidType(); 7356 return; 7357 7358 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7359 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7360 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7361 // pointer to the private address space. 7362 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7363 D.setInvalidType(); 7364 return; 7365 7366 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7367 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7368 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7369 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7370 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7371 7372 case InvalidKernelParam: 7373 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7374 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7375 // of event_t type. 7376 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7377 D.setInvalidType(); 7378 return; 7379 7380 case PtrKernelParam: 7381 case ValidKernelParam: 7382 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7383 return; 7384 7385 case RecordKernelParam: 7386 break; 7387 } 7388 7389 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7390 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7391 7392 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7393 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7394 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7395 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7396 7397 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7398 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7399 7400 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7401 7402 do { 7403 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7404 if (!Next) { 7405 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7406 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7407 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7408 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7409 7410 continue; 7411 } 7412 7413 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7414 // field itself) to the history stack. 7415 const RecordDecl *RD; 7416 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7417 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7418 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7419 } else { 7420 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7421 } 7422 7423 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7424 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7425 7426 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7427 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7428 7429 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7430 continue; 7431 7432 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7433 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7434 continue; 7435 7436 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7437 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7438 continue; 7439 } 7440 7441 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7442 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7443 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7444 // union. 7445 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7446 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7447 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7448 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7449 << PT->isUnionType() 7450 << PT; 7451 } else { 7452 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7453 } 7454 7455 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7456 << PD->getDeclName(); 7457 7458 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7459 // the offending field came from 7460 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7461 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7462 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7463 I != E; ++I) { 7464 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7465 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7466 << OuterField->getType(); 7467 } 7468 7469 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7470 << QT->isPointerType() 7471 << QT; 7472 D.setInvalidType(); 7473 return; 7474 } 7475 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7476 } 7477 7478 NamedDecl* 7479 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7480 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7481 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7482 bool &AddToScope) { 7483 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7484 7485 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7486 7487 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7488 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7489 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7490 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7491 7492 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7494 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7495 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7496 7497 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7498 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7499 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7500 7501 bool isFriend = false; 7502 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7503 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7504 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7505 7506 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7507 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7508 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7509 7510 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7511 7512 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7513 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7514 7515 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7516 isVirtualOkay); 7517 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7518 7519 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7520 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7521 7522 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7523 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7524 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7525 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7526 7527 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7528 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7529 7530 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7531 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7532 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7533 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7534 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7535 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7536 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7537 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7538 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7539 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7540 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7541 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7542 } 7543 7544 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7545 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7546 // return true). 7547 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7548 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7549 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7550 NewFD->setPure(true); 7551 7552 // C++ [class.union]p2 7553 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7554 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7555 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7556 } 7557 7558 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7559 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7560 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7561 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7562 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7563 7564 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7565 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7566 bool Invalid = false; 7567 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7568 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7569 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7570 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7571 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7572 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7573 : nullptr, 7574 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7575 Invalid)) { 7576 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7577 // This is a function template 7578 7579 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7580 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7581 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7582 7583 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7584 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7585 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7586 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7587 } 7588 7589 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7590 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7591 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7592 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7593 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7594 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7595 Invalid = true; 7596 } 7597 7598 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7599 NewFD->getLocation(), 7600 Name, TemplateParams, 7601 NewFD); 7602 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7603 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7604 7605 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7606 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7607 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7608 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7609 } 7610 } else { 7611 // This is a function template specialization. 7612 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7613 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7614 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7615 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7616 7617 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7618 if (isFriend) { 7619 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7620 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7621 7622 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7623 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7624 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7625 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7626 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7627 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7628 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7629 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7630 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7631 } 7632 7633 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7634 << Name << RemoveRange 7635 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7636 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7637 } 7638 } 7639 } 7640 else { 7641 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7642 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7643 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7644 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7645 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7646 } 7647 7648 if (Invalid) { 7649 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7650 if (FunctionTemplate) 7651 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7652 } 7653 7654 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7655 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7656 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7657 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7658 // 7659 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7660 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7661 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7662 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7663 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7664 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7665 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7666 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7668 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7669 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7670 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7671 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7672 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7673 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7674 } else { 7675 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7676 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7677 } 7678 7679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7680 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7681 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7682 } 7683 7684 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7685 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7686 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7687 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7688 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7689 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7690 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7691 // thing to do. 7692 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7693 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7694 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7695 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7696 QualType Result = 7697 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7698 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7699 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7700 } 7701 7702 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7703 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7704 // declaration. 7705 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7706 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7707 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7709 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7710 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7711 } 7712 } 7713 7714 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7715 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7716 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7717 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7718 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7719 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7720 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7721 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7722 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7723 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7724 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7725 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7726 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7727 // or conversion function. 7728 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7729 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7730 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7731 } 7732 } 7733 7734 if (isConstexpr) { 7735 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7736 // are implicitly inline. 7737 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7738 7739 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7740 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7741 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7742 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7743 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7744 } 7745 7746 if (isConcept) { 7747 // This is a function concept. 7748 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7749 FTD->setConcept(); 7750 7751 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7752 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7753 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7754 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7755 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7756 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7757 } 7758 7759 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7760 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7761 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7762 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7763 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7764 SourceRange Range; 7765 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7766 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7767 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7769 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7770 } else { 7771 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7772 } 7773 7774 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7775 // following restrictions: 7776 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7777 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7780 } 7781 7782 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7783 // following restrictions: 7784 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7785 // parameter list. 7786 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7787 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7788 } 7789 7790 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7791 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7792 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7793 7794 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7795 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7796 // specifiers, [...] 7797 if (isInline) { 7798 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7799 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7800 << 1 << 1; 7801 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7802 } 7803 7804 if (isFriend) { 7805 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7806 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7807 << 1 << 2; 7808 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7809 } 7810 7811 if (isConstexpr) { 7812 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7813 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7814 << 1 << 3; 7815 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7816 } 7817 7818 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7819 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7820 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7821 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7822 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7823 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7824 } 7825 } 7826 7827 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7828 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7829 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7830 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7831 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7832 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7833 << 0 7834 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7835 } else { 7836 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7837 if (FunctionTemplate) 7838 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7839 } 7840 } 7841 7842 if (isFriend) { 7843 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7844 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7845 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7846 } 7847 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7848 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7849 } 7850 7851 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7852 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7853 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7854 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7855 case FDK_Declaration: 7856 case FDK_Definition: 7857 break; 7858 7859 case FDK_Defaulted: 7860 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7861 break; 7862 7863 case FDK_Deleted: 7864 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7865 break; 7866 } 7867 7868 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7869 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7870 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7871 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7872 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7873 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7874 } 7875 7876 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7877 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7878 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7879 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7880 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7881 // the class. 7882 7883 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7884 // member function definition. 7885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7886 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7887 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7888 } 7889 7890 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7891 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7892 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7893 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7894 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7895 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7896 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7897 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7898 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7899 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7900 } 7901 7902 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7903 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7904 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7905 isExplicitSpecialization || 7906 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7907 7908 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7909 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7910 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7911 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7912 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7913 SE->getString(), 0)); 7914 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7915 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7916 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7917 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7918 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7919 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7920 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7921 } else 7922 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7923 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7924 } 7925 } 7926 7927 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7928 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7929 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7930 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7931 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7932 7933 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7934 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7935 // single void argument. 7936 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7937 // already checks for that case. 7938 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7939 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7940 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7941 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7942 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7943 Params.push_back(Param); 7944 7945 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7946 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7947 } 7948 } 7949 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7950 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7951 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7952 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7953 // 7954 // @code 7955 // typedef void fn(int); 7956 // fn f; 7957 // @endcode 7958 7959 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7960 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7961 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7962 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7963 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7964 Params.push_back(Param); 7965 } 7966 } else { 7967 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7968 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7969 } 7970 7971 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7972 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7973 7974 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7975 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7976 // 7977 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7978 // 7979 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7980 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7981 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7982 7983 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7984 NewFD->addAttr( 7985 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7986 Context, 0)); 7987 7988 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7989 // because all functions have linkage. 7990 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7991 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7992 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7993 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7994 } 7995 7996 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7997 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7998 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7999 NewFD->addAttr( 8000 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8001 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8002 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8003 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8004 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8005 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8006 NewFD)) 8007 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8008 } 8009 8010 // Handle attributes. 8011 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8012 8013 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8014 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8015 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8016 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8017 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8018 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8019 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8020 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8021 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8022 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8027 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8028 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8029 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8030 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8031 8032 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8033 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8034 8035 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8036 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8037 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8038 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8039 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8040 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8041 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8042 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8043 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8044 8045 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8046 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8047 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8048 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8049 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8050 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8051 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8052 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8053 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8054 int DiagID = 8055 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8056 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8057 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8058 } 8059 } 8060 } else { 8061 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8062 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8063 // 8064 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8065 // 8066 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8067 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8068 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8069 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8070 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8071 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8072 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8073 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8074 8075 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8076 // argument list into our AST format. 8077 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8078 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8079 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8080 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8081 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8082 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8083 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8084 TemplateArgs); 8085 8086 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8087 8088 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8089 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8090 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8091 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8093 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8094 8095 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8096 } else { 8097 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8098 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8099 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8100 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8101 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8102 } 8103 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8104 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8105 // wrote something like: 8106 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8107 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8108 // friend void foo<>(int); 8109 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8110 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8111 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8112 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8113 } 8114 8115 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8116 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8117 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8118 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8119 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8120 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8121 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8122 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8123 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8124 InstantiationDependent))) { 8125 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8126 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8127 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8128 Previous)) 8129 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8130 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8131 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8132 && !isFriend) { 8133 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8134 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8135 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8136 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8137 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8138 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8139 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8140 : nullptr), 8141 Previous)) 8142 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8143 8144 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8145 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8146 // specialization (14.7.3) 8147 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8148 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8149 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8150 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8151 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8152 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8153 << SC 8154 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8155 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8156 8157 else 8158 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8159 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8160 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8161 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8162 } 8163 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8164 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8165 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8166 } 8167 8168 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8169 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8170 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8171 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8172 8173 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8174 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8175 8176 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8177 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8178 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8179 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8180 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8181 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8182 } 8183 8184 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8185 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8186 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8187 8188 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8189 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8190 : NewFD); 8191 8192 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8193 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8194 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8195 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8196 8197 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8198 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8199 } 8200 8201 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8202 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8203 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8204 8205 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8206 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8207 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8208 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8209 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8210 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8211 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8212 : nullptr, 8213 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8214 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8215 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8216 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8217 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8218 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8219 DC->isDependentContext()) 8220 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8221 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8222 } 8223 8224 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8225 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8226 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8227 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8228 AddToScope }; 8229 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8230 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8231 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8232 8233 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8234 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8235 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8236 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8237 8238 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8239 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8240 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8241 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8242 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8243 // can actually do this check immediately. 8244 if (isFriend && 8245 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8246 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8247 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8248 // ignore these 8249 } else { 8250 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8251 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8252 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8253 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8254 // 8255 // class X { 8256 // void f() const; 8257 // }; 8258 // 8259 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8260 // 8261 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8262 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8263 // whether the parameter types are references). 8264 8265 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8266 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8267 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8268 return Result; 8269 } 8270 } 8271 8272 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8273 // to something. 8274 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8275 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8276 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8277 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8278 return Result; 8279 } 8280 } 8281 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8282 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8283 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8284 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8285 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8286 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8287 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8288 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8289 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8290 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8291 // generate them. 8292 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8293 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8294 } 8295 } 8296 8297 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8298 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8299 8300 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8301 8302 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8303 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8304 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8305 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8306 << NewFD; 8307 8308 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8309 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8310 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8311 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8312 EPI.Variadic = true; 8313 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8314 8315 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8316 NewFD->setType(R); 8317 } 8318 8319 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8320 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8321 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8322 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8323 8324 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8325 // marking the function. 8326 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8327 8328 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8329 // a pragma. 8330 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8331 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8332 8333 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8334 // the map of such variables. 8335 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8336 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8337 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8338 8339 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8340 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8341 8342 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8343 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8344 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8345 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8346 } 8347 8348 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8349 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8350 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8351 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8352 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8353 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8354 8355 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8356 } 8357 8358 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8359 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8360 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8361 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8362 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8363 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8364 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8365 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8366 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8367 } 8368 } 8369 8370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8371 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8372 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8373 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8374 return FunctionTemplate; 8375 } 8376 } 8377 8378 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8379 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8380 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8381 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8382 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8383 D.setInvalidType(); 8384 } 8385 8386 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8387 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8388 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8389 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8390 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8391 : FixItHint()); 8392 D.setInvalidType(); 8393 } 8394 8395 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8396 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8397 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8398 } 8399 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8400 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8401 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8402 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8403 8404 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8405 // types. 8406 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8407 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8408 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8409 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8410 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8411 D.setInvalidType(); 8412 } 8413 } 8414 } 8415 } 8416 8417 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8418 8419 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8420 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8421 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8422 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8423 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8424 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8425 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8426 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8427 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8428 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8429 AddToScope = false; 8430 } 8431 8432 return NewFD; 8433 } 8434 8435 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8436 /// 8437 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8438 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8439 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8440 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8441 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8442 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8443 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8444 /// 8445 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8446 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8447 /// 8448 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8449 /// 8450 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8451 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8452 LookupResult &Previous, 8453 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8454 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8455 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8456 8457 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8458 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8459 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8460 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8461 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8462 8463 bool Redeclaration = false; 8464 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8465 8466 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8467 // the same name, if appropriate. 8468 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8469 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8470 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8471 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8472 // function to the scope. 8473 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8474 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8475 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8476 Redeclaration = true; 8477 OldDecl = Candidate; 8478 } 8479 } else { 8480 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8481 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8482 case Ovl_Match: 8483 Redeclaration = true; 8484 break; 8485 8486 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8487 Redeclaration = true; 8488 break; 8489 8490 case Ovl_Overload: 8491 Redeclaration = false; 8492 break; 8493 } 8494 8495 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8496 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8497 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8498 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8499 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8500 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8501 if (Redeclaration) 8502 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8503 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8504 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8505 if (OverloadedDecl) 8506 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8507 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8508 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8509 } 8510 } 8511 } 8512 8513 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8514 if (!Redeclaration && 8515 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8516 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8517 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8518 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8519 Redeclaration = true; 8520 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8521 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8522 8523 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8524 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8525 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8526 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8527 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8528 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8529 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8530 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8531 } 8532 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8533 Redeclaration = false; 8534 OldDecl = nullptr; 8535 } 8536 } 8537 } 8538 } 8539 8540 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8541 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8542 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8543 // 8544 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8545 // definition of a static member function. 8546 // 8547 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8548 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8549 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8551 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8552 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8553 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8554 if (OldDecl) 8555 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8556 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8557 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8558 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8559 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8560 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8561 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8562 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8563 8564 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8565 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8566 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8567 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8568 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8569 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8570 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8571 8572 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8573 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8574 } 8575 } 8576 } 8577 8578 if (Redeclaration) { 8579 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8580 // merged. 8581 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8582 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8583 return Redeclaration; 8584 } 8585 8586 Previous.clear(); 8587 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8588 8589 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8590 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8591 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8592 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8593 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8594 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8595 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8596 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8597 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8598 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8599 } 8600 8601 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8602 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8603 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8604 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8605 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8606 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8607 } 8608 8609 } else { 8610 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8611 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8612 8613 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8614 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8615 } 8616 } 8617 8618 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8619 8620 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8621 // C++-specific checks. 8622 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8623 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8624 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8625 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8626 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8627 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8628 8629 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8630 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8631 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8632 DeclarationName Name 8633 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8634 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8635 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8636 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8637 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8638 return Redeclaration; 8639 } 8640 } 8641 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8642 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8643 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8644 } 8645 8646 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8647 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8648 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8649 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8650 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8651 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8652 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8653 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8654 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8655 } 8656 } 8657 } 8658 8659 if (Method->isStatic()) 8660 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8661 } 8662 8663 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8664 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8665 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8666 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8667 return Redeclaration; 8668 } 8669 8670 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8671 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8672 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8673 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8674 return Redeclaration; 8675 } 8676 8677 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8678 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8679 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8680 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8681 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8682 8683 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8684 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8685 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8686 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8687 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8688 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8689 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8690 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8691 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8692 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8693 } 8694 } 8695 8696 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8697 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8698 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8699 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8700 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8701 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8702 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8703 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8704 << NewFD << R; 8705 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8706 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8707 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8708 } 8709 } 8710 return Redeclaration; 8711 } 8712 8713 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8714 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8715 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8716 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8717 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8718 // appear in a declaration of main. 8719 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8720 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8721 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8722 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8723 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8724 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8725 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8726 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8727 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8728 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8729 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8730 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8731 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8732 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8733 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8734 } 8735 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8736 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8737 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8738 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8739 } 8740 8741 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8742 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8743 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8744 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8745 return; 8746 } 8747 8748 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8749 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8750 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8751 8752 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8753 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8754 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8755 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8756 8757 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8758 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8759 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8760 else { 8761 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8762 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8763 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8764 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8765 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8766 } 8767 } else { 8768 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8769 // set the flag which tells us that. 8770 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8771 8772 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8773 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8774 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8775 else { 8776 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8777 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8778 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8779 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8780 : FixItHint()); 8781 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8782 } 8783 } 8784 8785 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8786 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8787 8788 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8789 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8790 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8791 8792 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8793 8794 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8795 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8796 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8797 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8798 } 8799 8800 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8801 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8802 // getting shifty. 8803 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8804 HasExtraParameters = false; 8805 8806 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8807 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8808 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8809 nparams = 3; 8810 } 8811 8812 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8813 // if we had some location information about types. 8814 8815 QualType CharPP = 8816 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8817 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8818 8819 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8820 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8821 8822 bool mismatch = true; 8823 8824 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8825 mismatch = false; 8826 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8827 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8828 // char const ** 8829 // char const * const * 8830 // char * const * 8831 8832 QualifierCollector qs; 8833 const PointerType* PT; 8834 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8835 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8836 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8837 Context.CharTy)) { 8838 qs.removeConst(); 8839 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8840 } 8841 } 8842 8843 if (mismatch) { 8844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8845 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8846 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8847 } 8848 } 8849 8850 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8851 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8852 } 8853 8854 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8855 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8856 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8857 } 8858 } 8859 8860 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8861 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8862 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8863 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8864 8865 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8866 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8867 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8868 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8869 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8870 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8871 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8872 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8873 8874 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8876 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8877 } 8878 } 8879 8880 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8881 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8882 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8883 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8884 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8885 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8886 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8887 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8888 // rules there don't matter.) 8889 const Expr *Culprit; 8890 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8891 return false; 8892 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8893 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8894 return true; 8895 } 8896 8897 namespace { 8898 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8899 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8900 class SelfReferenceChecker 8901 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8902 Sema &S; 8903 Decl *OrigDecl; 8904 bool isRecordType; 8905 bool isPODType; 8906 bool isReferenceType; 8907 8908 bool isInitList; 8909 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8910 8911 public: 8912 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8913 8914 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8915 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8916 isPODType = false; 8917 isRecordType = false; 8918 isReferenceType = false; 8919 isInitList = false; 8920 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8921 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8922 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8923 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8924 } 8925 } 8926 8927 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8928 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8929 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8930 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8931 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8932 if (!InitList) { 8933 Visit(E); 8934 return; 8935 } 8936 8937 // Track and increment the index here. 8938 isInitList = true; 8939 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8940 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8941 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8942 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8943 } 8944 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8945 } 8946 8947 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8948 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8949 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8950 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8951 Expr *Base = E; 8952 bool ReferenceField = false; 8953 8954 // Get the field memebers used. 8955 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8956 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8957 if (!FD) 8958 return false; 8959 Fields.push_back(FD); 8960 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8961 ReferenceField = true; 8962 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8963 } 8964 8965 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8966 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8967 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8968 return false; 8969 8970 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8971 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8972 return true; 8973 8974 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8975 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8976 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8977 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8978 8979 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8980 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8981 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8982 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8983 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8984 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8985 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8986 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8987 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8988 return true; 8989 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8990 break; 8991 } 8992 8993 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8994 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8995 return true; 8996 } 8997 8998 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8999 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9000 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9001 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9002 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9003 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9004 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9005 return; 9006 } 9007 9008 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9009 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9010 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9011 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9012 return; 9013 } 9014 9015 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9016 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9017 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9018 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9019 return; 9020 } 9021 9022 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9023 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9024 return; 9025 } 9026 9027 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9028 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9029 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9030 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9031 return; 9032 } 9033 } 9034 9035 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9036 if (isInitList) { 9037 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9038 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9039 return; 9040 } 9041 9042 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9043 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9044 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9045 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9046 return; 9047 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9048 } 9049 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9050 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9051 return; 9052 } 9053 9054 Visit(E); 9055 } 9056 9057 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9058 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9059 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9060 if (isReferenceType) 9061 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9062 } 9063 9064 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9065 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9066 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9067 return; 9068 } 9069 9070 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9071 } 9072 9073 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9074 if (isInitList) { 9075 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9076 return; 9077 } 9078 9079 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9080 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9081 9082 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9083 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9084 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9085 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9086 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9087 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9088 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9089 Warn = false; 9090 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9091 } 9092 9093 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9094 if (Warn) 9095 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9096 return; 9097 } 9098 9099 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9100 // Visit that expression. 9101 Visit(Base); 9102 } 9103 9104 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9105 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9106 9107 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9108 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9109 9110 Visit(Callee); 9111 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9112 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9113 } 9114 9115 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9116 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9117 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9118 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9119 if (!isPODType) 9120 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9121 return; 9122 } 9123 9124 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9125 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9126 return; 9127 } 9128 9129 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9130 } 9131 9132 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9133 9134 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9135 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9136 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9137 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9138 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9139 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9140 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9141 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9142 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9143 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9144 return; 9145 } 9146 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9147 } 9148 9149 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9150 // Treat std::move as a use. 9151 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9152 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9153 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9154 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9155 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9156 return; 9157 } 9158 } 9159 } 9160 9161 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9162 } 9163 9164 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9165 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9166 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9167 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9168 return; 9169 } 9170 9171 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9172 } 9173 9174 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9175 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9176 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9177 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9178 Visit(E->getCond()); 9179 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9180 } 9181 9182 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9183 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9184 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9185 unsigned diag; 9186 if (isReferenceType) { 9187 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9188 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9189 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9190 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9191 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9192 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9193 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9194 } else { 9195 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9196 return; 9197 } 9198 9199 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9200 S.PDiag(diag) 9201 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9202 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9203 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9204 } 9205 }; 9206 9207 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9208 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9209 bool DirectInit) { 9210 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9211 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9212 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9213 return; 9214 9215 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9216 9217 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9218 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9219 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9220 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9221 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9222 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9223 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9224 return; 9225 9226 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9227 } 9228 } // end anonymous namespace 9229 9230 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9231 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9232 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9233 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9234 Expr *Init) { 9235 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9236 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9237 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9238 9239 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9240 if (DirectInit) { 9241 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9242 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9243 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9244 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9245 } 9246 9247 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9248 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9249 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9250 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9251 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9252 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9253 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9254 << Name << Type << Range; 9255 return QualType(); 9256 } 9257 9258 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9259 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9260 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9261 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9262 << Name << Type << Range; 9263 return QualType(); 9264 } 9265 9266 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9267 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9268 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9269 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9270 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9271 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9272 return QualType(); 9273 } 9274 9275 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9276 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9277 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9278 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9279 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9280 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9281 return QualType(); 9282 } 9283 Init = Result.get(); 9284 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9285 } 9286 9287 QualType DeducedType; 9288 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9289 if (!IsInitCapture) 9290 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9291 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9292 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9293 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9294 << Name 9295 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9296 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9297 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9298 else 9299 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9300 << Name << TSI->getType() 9301 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9302 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9303 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9304 } 9305 9306 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9307 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9308 // checks. 9309 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9310 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9311 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9312 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9313 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9314 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9315 } 9316 9317 return DeducedType; 9318 } 9319 9320 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9321 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9322 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9323 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9324 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9325 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9326 // the initializer. 9327 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9328 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9329 return; 9330 } 9331 9332 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9333 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9334 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9335 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9336 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9337 return; 9338 } 9339 9340 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9341 if (!VDecl) { 9342 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9343 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9344 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9345 return; 9346 } 9347 9348 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9349 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9350 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9351 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9352 // TypoExpr. 9353 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9354 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9355 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9356 return; 9357 } 9358 Init = Res.get(); 9359 9360 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9361 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9362 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9363 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9364 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9365 return; 9366 } 9367 9368 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9369 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9370 9371 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9372 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9373 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9374 9375 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9376 // the previously declared type. 9377 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9378 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9379 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9380 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9381 } 9382 9383 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9384 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9385 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9386 return; 9387 } 9388 9389 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9390 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9391 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9392 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9393 return; 9394 } 9395 9396 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9397 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9399 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9400 return; 9401 } 9402 9403 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9404 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9405 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9406 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9407 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9408 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9409 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9410 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9411 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9412 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9413 return; 9414 } 9415 9416 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9417 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9418 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9419 AbstractVariableType)) 9420 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9421 } 9422 9423 VarDecl *Def; 9424 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9425 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9426 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9427 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9428 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9429 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9430 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9431 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9432 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9433 } else { 9434 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9435 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9436 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9437 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9438 return; 9439 } 9440 } 9441 9442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9443 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9444 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9445 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9446 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9447 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9448 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9449 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9450 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9451 // 9452 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9453 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9454 // declaration with an initializer. 9455 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9456 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9457 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9458 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9459 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9460 << 0; 9461 return; 9462 } 9463 9464 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9465 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9466 9467 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9468 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9469 return; 9470 } 9471 } 9472 9473 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9474 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9475 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9476 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9477 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9478 return; 9479 } 9480 9481 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9482 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9483 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9484 9485 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9486 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9487 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9488 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9489 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9490 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9491 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9492 return; 9493 } 9494 Init = Result.get(); 9495 } 9496 9497 // Perform the initialization. 9498 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9499 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9500 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9501 InitializationKind Kind = 9502 DirectInit 9503 ? CXXDirectInit 9504 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9505 Init->getLocStart(), 9506 Init->getLocEnd()) 9507 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9508 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9509 Init->getLocStart()); 9510 9511 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9512 if (CXXDirectInit) 9513 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9514 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9515 9516 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9517 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9518 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9519 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9520 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9521 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9522 }); 9523 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9524 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9525 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9526 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9527 } 9528 } 9529 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9530 return; 9531 9532 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9533 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9534 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9535 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9536 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9537 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9538 return; 9539 } 9540 9541 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9542 } 9543 9544 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9545 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9546 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9547 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9548 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9549 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9550 } 9551 9552 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9553 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9554 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9555 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9556 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9557 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9558 9559 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9560 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9561 9562 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9563 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9564 9565 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9566 // Although this code can still have problems: 9567 // id x = self.weakProp; 9568 // id y = self.weakProp; 9569 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9570 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9571 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9572 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9573 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9574 Init->getLocStart())) 9575 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9576 } 9577 9578 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9579 // 9580 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9581 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9582 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9583 // 9584 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9585 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9586 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9587 // 9588 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9589 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9590 false, 9591 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9592 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9593 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9594 return; 9595 } 9596 Init = Result.get(); 9597 9598 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9599 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9600 9601 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9602 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9603 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9604 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9606 const Expr *Culprit; 9607 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9608 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9609 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9610 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9611 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9612 // constant expressions. 9613 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9614 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9615 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9616 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9617 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9618 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9619 } 9620 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9621 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9622 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9623 // 9624 // struct S { 9625 // static const int value = 17; 9626 // }; 9627 9628 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9629 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9630 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9631 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9632 // 9633 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9634 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9635 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9636 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9637 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9638 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9639 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9640 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9641 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9642 9643 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9644 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9645 9646 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9647 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9648 // type. 9649 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9650 9651 // Require constness. 9652 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9653 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9654 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9655 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9656 9657 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9658 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9659 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9660 SourceLocation Loc; 9661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9662 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9663 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9664 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9665 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9666 ; // Nothing to check. 9667 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9668 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9669 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9670 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9671 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9672 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9673 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9674 } else { 9675 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9676 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9677 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9678 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9679 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9680 } 9681 9682 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9683 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9684 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9685 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9687 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9688 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9689 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9690 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9691 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9692 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9693 } else { 9694 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9695 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9696 9697 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9698 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9699 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9700 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9701 } 9702 } 9703 9704 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9705 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9706 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9707 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9708 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9709 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9710 9711 } else { 9712 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9713 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9714 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9715 } 9716 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9717 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9718 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9719 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9720 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9721 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9722 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9723 9724 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9725 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9726 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9727 } 9728 9729 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9730 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9731 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9732 // 9733 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9734 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9735 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9736 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9737 // special case code. 9738 9739 // C++ 8.5p11: 9740 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9741 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9742 // class type. 9743 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9744 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9745 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9746 } else if (DirectInit) { 9747 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9748 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9749 } 9750 9751 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9752 } 9753 9754 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9755 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9756 /// of sanity. 9757 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9758 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9759 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9760 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9761 9762 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9763 if (!VD) return; 9764 9765 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9766 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9767 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9768 return; 9769 } 9770 9771 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9772 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9773 9774 // Require a complete type. 9775 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9776 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9777 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9778 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9779 return; 9780 } 9781 9782 // Require a non-abstract type. 9783 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9784 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9785 AbstractVariableType)) { 9786 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9787 return; 9788 } 9789 9790 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9791 // though. 9792 } 9793 9794 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9795 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9796 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9797 if (!RealDecl) 9798 return; 9799 9800 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9801 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9802 9803 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9804 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9805 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9806 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9807 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9808 return; 9809 } 9810 9811 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9812 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9813 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9814 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9815 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9816 // member. 9817 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9818 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9819 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9820 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9821 << Var->getDeclName(); 9822 else 9823 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9824 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9825 return; 9826 } 9827 9828 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9829 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9830 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9831 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9832 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9834 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9835 return; 9836 } 9837 } 9838 9839 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9840 // be initialized. 9841 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9842 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9843 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9844 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9846 return; 9847 } 9848 9849 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9850 case VarDecl::Definition: 9851 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9852 break; 9853 9854 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9855 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9856 // a declaration. 9857 // 9858 // Fall through 9859 9860 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9861 // It's only a declaration. 9862 9863 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9864 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9865 // object shall be complete. 9866 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9867 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9868 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9869 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9870 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9871 9872 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9873 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9874 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9875 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9876 AbstractVariableType)) 9877 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9878 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9879 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9880 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9881 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9882 } 9883 9884 return; 9885 9886 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9887 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9888 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9889 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9890 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9891 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9892 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9893 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9894 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9895 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9896 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9897 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9898 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9899 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9900 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9901 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9902 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9903 // NOTE: code such as the following 9904 // static struct s; 9905 // struct s { int a; }; 9906 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9907 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9908 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9909 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9910 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9911 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9912 } 9913 } 9914 9915 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9916 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9917 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9918 return; 9919 } 9920 9921 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9922 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9923 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9924 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9925 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9926 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9927 return; 9928 } 9929 9930 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9931 // definitions with reference type. 9932 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9933 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9934 << Var->getDeclName() 9935 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9936 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9937 return; 9938 } 9939 9940 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9941 // variable with dependent type. 9942 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9943 return; 9944 9945 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9946 return; 9947 9948 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9949 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9950 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9951 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9952 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9953 return; 9954 } 9955 } else { 9956 return; 9957 } 9958 9959 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9960 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9961 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9962 AbstractVariableType)) { 9963 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9964 return; 9965 } 9966 9967 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9968 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9969 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9970 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9971 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9972 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9973 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9974 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9975 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9976 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9978 if (const RecordType *Record 9979 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9980 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9981 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9982 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9983 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9984 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9985 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9986 } 9987 } 9988 9989 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9990 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9991 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9992 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9993 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9994 // type shall have a user-declared default 9995 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9996 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9997 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9998 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9999 // program is ill-formed. 10000 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10001 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10002 // default-initialized; [...]. 10003 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10004 InitializationKind Kind 10005 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10006 10007 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10008 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10009 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10010 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10011 else if (Init.get()) { 10012 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10013 // This is important for template substitution. 10014 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10015 } 10016 10017 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10018 } 10019 } 10020 10021 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10022 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10023 if (!D) 10024 return; 10025 10026 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10027 if (!VD) { 10028 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10029 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 return; 10031 } 10032 10033 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10034 10035 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10036 int Error = -1; 10037 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10038 case SC_None: 10039 break; 10040 case SC_Extern: 10041 Error = 0; 10042 break; 10043 case SC_Static: 10044 Error = 1; 10045 break; 10046 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10047 Error = 2; 10048 break; 10049 case SC_Auto: 10050 Error = 3; 10051 break; 10052 case SC_Register: 10053 Error = 4; 10054 break; 10055 } 10056 if (Error != -1) { 10057 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10058 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10059 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10060 } 10061 } 10062 10063 StmtResult 10064 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10065 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10066 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10067 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10068 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10069 // A range-based for statement of the form 10070 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10071 // is equivalent to 10072 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10073 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10074 10075 const char *PrevSpec; 10076 unsigned DiagID; 10077 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10078 getPrintingPolicy()); 10079 10080 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10081 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10082 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10083 10084 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10085 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10086 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10087 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10088 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10089 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10090 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10091 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10092 } 10093 10094 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10095 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10096 10097 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10098 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10099 // initialiser 10100 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10101 !var->hasInit()) { 10102 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10103 << 1 /*Init*/; 10104 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10105 return; 10106 } 10107 } 10108 10109 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10110 // local retaining variable. 10111 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10112 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10113 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10114 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10115 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10116 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10117 break; 10118 10119 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10120 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10121 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10122 break; 10123 } 10124 } 10125 10126 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10127 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10128 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10129 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10130 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10131 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10132 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10133 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10134 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10135 var->getLocation())) { 10136 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10137 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10138 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10139 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10140 10141 if (!prev) 10142 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10143 } 10144 10145 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10146 const Expr *Culprit; 10147 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10148 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10149 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10150 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10151 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10152 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10153 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10154 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10155 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10156 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10157 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10158 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10159 // initialization. 10160 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10161 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10162 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10164 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10169 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10170 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10171 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10172 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10173 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10174 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10175 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10176 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10177 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10178 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10179 } else { 10180 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10181 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10182 } 10183 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10184 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10185 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10186 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10187 } 10188 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10189 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10190 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10191 10192 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10193 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10194 // attribute. 10195 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10196 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10197 CurInitSegLoc)); 10198 } 10199 10200 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10201 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10202 10203 QualType type = var->getType(); 10204 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10205 10206 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10207 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10208 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10209 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10210 10211 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10212 // constructing this copy. 10213 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10214 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10215 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10216 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10217 ExprResult result 10218 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10219 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10220 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10221 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10222 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10223 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10224 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10225 } 10226 } 10227 } 10228 10229 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10230 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10231 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10232 10233 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10234 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10235 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10236 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10237 var->getLocation())) { 10238 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10239 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10240 // warned about them. 10241 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10242 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10243 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10244 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10245 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10246 } 10247 10248 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10249 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10250 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10251 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10252 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10253 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10254 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10255 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10256 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10257 Notes.clear(); 10258 } 10259 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10260 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10261 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10262 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10263 } 10264 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10265 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10266 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10267 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10268 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10269 } 10270 } 10271 10272 // Require the destructor. 10273 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10274 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10275 } 10276 10277 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10278 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10279 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10280 return true; 10281 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10282 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10283 return true; 10284 return false; 10285 } 10286 10287 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10288 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10289 void 10290 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10291 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10292 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10293 10294 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10295 if (!VD) 10296 return; 10297 10298 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10299 10300 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10301 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10302 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10303 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10304 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10305 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10306 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10307 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10308 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10309 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10310 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10311 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10312 } 10313 } 10314 } 10315 10316 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10317 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10318 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10319 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10320 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10321 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10322 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10323 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10324 } 10325 } 10326 } 10327 10328 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10329 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10330 // 7.5). CUDA also allows constant initializers for __constant__ and 10331 // __device__ variables. 10332 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10333 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10334 const bool IsGlobal = VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !VD->isStaticLocal(); 10335 if (Init && IsGlobal && 10336 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10337 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10338 bool AllowedInit = false; 10339 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10340 AllowedInit = 10341 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10342 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10343 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10344 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10345 if (!AllowedInit && 10346 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10347 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10348 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10349 10350 if (!AllowedInit) { 10351 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10352 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10353 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10354 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10355 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10356 } 10357 } 10358 } 10359 10360 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10361 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10362 10363 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10364 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10365 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10366 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10367 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10368 // with a warning. 10369 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10370 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10371 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10372 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10373 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10374 10375 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10376 IsClassTemplateMember 10377 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10378 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10379 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10380 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10381 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10382 } 10383 } 10384 10385 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10386 // isn't exported with the variable. 10387 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10388 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10389 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10390 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10391 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10392 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10393 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10394 } else { 10395 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10396 << DLLAttr; 10397 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10398 } 10399 } 10400 10401 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10402 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10403 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10404 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10405 } 10406 } 10407 10408 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10409 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10410 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10411 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10412 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10413 10414 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10415 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10416 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10417 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10418 10419 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10420 // tag values. 10421 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10422 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10423 return; 10424 10425 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10426 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10427 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10428 continue; 10429 } 10430 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10431 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10432 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10433 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10434 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10435 continue; 10436 } 10437 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10438 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10439 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10440 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10441 continue; 10442 } 10443 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10444 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10445 MagicValue, 10446 I->getMatchingCType(), 10447 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10448 I->getMustBeNull()); 10449 } 10450 } 10451 10452 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10453 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10454 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10455 10456 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10457 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10458 10459 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10460 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10461 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10462 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10463 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10464 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10465 Decls.push_back(D); 10466 } 10467 10468 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10469 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10470 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10471 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10472 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10473 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10474 } 10475 } 10476 10477 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10478 } 10479 10480 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10481 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10482 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10483 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10484 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10485 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10486 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10487 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10488 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10489 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10490 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10491 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10492 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10493 QualType Deduced; 10494 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10495 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10496 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10497 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10498 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10499 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10500 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10501 break; 10502 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10503 if (!U.isNull()) { 10504 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10505 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10506 Deduced = U; 10507 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10508 DeducedDecl = D; 10509 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10510 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10511 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10512 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10513 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10514 << U << D->getDeclName() 10515 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10516 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10517 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10518 break; 10519 } 10520 } 10521 } 10522 } 10523 } 10524 10525 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10526 10527 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10528 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10529 } 10530 10531 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10532 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10533 } 10534 10535 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10536 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10537 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10538 return; 10539 10540 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10541 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10542 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10543 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10544 return; 10545 10546 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10547 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10548 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10549 // additional declaration references: 10550 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10551 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10552 // 'struct S *pS;' 10553 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10554 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10555 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10556 Group = Group.slice(1); 10557 } 10558 } 10559 10560 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10561 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10562 if (!Comments.empty() && 10563 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10564 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10565 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10566 // 10567 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10568 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10569 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10570 // ahead through comments. 10571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10572 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10573 } 10574 } 10575 10576 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10577 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10578 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10579 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10580 10581 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10582 10583 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10584 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10585 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10586 SC = SC_Register; 10587 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10588 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10589 SC = SC_Auto; 10590 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10591 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10592 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10593 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10594 } 10595 10596 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10597 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10598 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10599 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10600 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10601 << 0; 10602 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10603 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10604 10605 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10606 10607 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10608 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10609 10610 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10611 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10612 // parameter. 10613 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10614 10615 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10616 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10618 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10619 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10620 } 10621 } 10622 10623 // Ensure we have a valid name 10624 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10625 if (D.hasName()) { 10626 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10627 if (!II) { 10628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10629 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10630 D.setInvalidType(true); 10631 } 10632 } 10633 10634 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10635 if (II) { 10636 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10637 ForRedeclaration); 10638 LookupName(R, S); 10639 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10640 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10641 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10642 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10643 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10644 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10645 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10646 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10647 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10648 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10649 10650 // Recover by removing the name 10651 II = nullptr; 10652 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10653 D.setInvalidType(true); 10654 } 10655 } 10656 } 10657 10658 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10659 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10660 // looking like class members in C++. 10661 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10662 D.getLocStart(), 10663 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10664 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10665 SC); 10666 10667 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10668 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10669 10670 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10671 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10672 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10673 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10674 10675 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10676 S->AddDecl(New); 10677 if (II) 10678 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10679 10680 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10681 10682 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10683 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10684 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10685 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10687 10688 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10690 } 10691 return New; 10692 } 10693 10694 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10695 /// typedef. 10696 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10697 SourceLocation Loc, 10698 QualType T) { 10699 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10700 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10701 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10702 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10703 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10704 SC_None, nullptr); 10705 Param->setImplicit(); 10706 return Param; 10707 } 10708 10709 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10710 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10711 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10712 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10713 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10714 return; 10715 10716 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10717 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10718 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10719 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10720 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10721 } 10722 } 10723 } 10724 10725 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10726 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10727 QualType ReturnTy, 10728 NamedDecl *D) { 10729 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10730 return; 10731 10732 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10733 // threshold. 10734 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10735 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10736 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10737 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10738 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10739 } 10740 10741 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10742 // threshold. 10743 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10744 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10745 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10746 continue; 10747 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10748 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10749 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10750 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10751 } 10752 } 10753 10754 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10755 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10756 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10757 StorageClass SC) { 10758 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10759 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10760 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10761 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10762 10763 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10764 10765 // Special cases for arrays: 10766 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10767 // - otherwise, it's an error 10768 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10769 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10770 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10771 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10772 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10773 } 10774 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10775 } else { 10776 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10777 } 10778 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10779 } 10780 10781 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10782 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10783 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10784 10785 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10786 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10787 // the class has been completely parsed. 10788 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10789 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10790 AbstractParamType)) 10791 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10792 10793 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10794 // passed by reference. 10795 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10796 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10797 Diag(NameLoc, 10798 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10800 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10801 New->setType(T); 10802 } 10803 10804 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10805 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10806 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10807 // an address space. 10808 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10809 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10810 // to be qualified with an address space. 10811 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10812 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10813 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10814 } 10815 } 10816 10817 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10818 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10819 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10820 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10821 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10822 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10823 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 } 10825 } 10826 10827 return New; 10828 } 10829 10830 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10831 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10832 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10833 10834 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10835 // for a K&R function. 10836 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10837 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10838 --i; 10839 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10840 SmallString<256> Code; 10841 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10842 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10843 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10844 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10845 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10846 10847 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10848 // type. 10849 AttributeFactory attrs; 10850 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10851 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10852 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10853 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10854 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10855 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10856 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10857 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10858 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10859 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10860 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10861 } 10862 } 10863 } 10864 } 10865 10866 Decl * 10867 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10868 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10869 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10870 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10871 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10872 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10873 10874 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10875 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10876 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10877 } 10878 10879 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10880 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10881 } 10882 10883 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10884 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10885 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10886 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10887 return false; 10888 10889 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10890 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10891 return false; 10892 10893 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10894 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10895 return false; 10896 10897 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10898 if (FD->isMain()) 10899 return false; 10900 10901 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10902 if (FD->isInlined()) 10903 return false; 10904 10905 // Don't warn about function templates. 10906 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10907 return false; 10908 10909 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10910 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10911 return false; 10912 10913 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10914 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10915 return false; 10916 10917 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10918 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10919 return false; 10920 10921 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10922 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10923 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10924 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10925 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10926 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10927 continue; 10928 10929 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10930 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10931 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10932 break; 10933 } 10934 10935 return MissingPrototype; 10936 } 10937 10938 void 10939 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10940 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10941 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10942 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10943 // was an extern inline function. 10944 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10945 if (!Definition) 10946 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10947 return; 10948 10949 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10950 return; 10951 10952 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10953 // a template, skip the new definition. 10954 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10955 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10956 Definition->isInlined() || 10957 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10958 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10959 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10960 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10961 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10962 else 10963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10964 FD->getLocation()); 10965 return; 10966 } 10967 10968 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10969 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10971 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10972 else 10973 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10974 10975 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10976 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10977 } 10978 10979 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10980 Sema &S) { 10981 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10982 10983 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10984 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10985 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10986 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10987 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10988 10989 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10990 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10991 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10992 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10993 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10994 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10995 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10996 10997 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10998 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10999 11000 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11001 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11002 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11003 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11004 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11005 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11006 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11007 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11008 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11009 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11010 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11011 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11012 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11013 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11014 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11015 11016 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11017 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11018 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11019 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11020 } else { 11021 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11022 } 11023 ++I; 11024 } 11025 } 11026 11027 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11028 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11029 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11030 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11031 11032 if (!D) 11033 return D; 11034 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11035 11036 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11037 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11038 else 11039 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11040 11041 // See if this is a redefinition. 11042 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11043 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11044 11045 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11046 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11047 return D; 11048 } 11049 11050 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11051 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11052 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11053 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11054 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11055 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11056 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11057 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11058 // have the LSI properly restored. 11059 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11060 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11061 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11062 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11063 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11064 } 11065 else 11066 // Enter a new function scope 11067 PushFunctionScope(); 11068 11069 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11070 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11071 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11072 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11073 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11074 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11075 } 11076 } 11077 11078 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11079 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11080 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11081 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11082 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11083 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11084 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11085 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11086 11087 if (FnBodyScope) 11088 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11089 11090 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11091 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11092 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11093 11094 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11095 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11096 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11097 11098 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11099 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11100 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11101 11102 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11103 } 11104 } 11105 11106 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11107 // introduce them into the function scope. 11108 if (FnBodyScope) { 11109 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11110 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11111 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11112 I != E; ++I) { 11113 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11114 11115 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11116 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11117 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11118 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11119 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11120 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11121 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11122 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11123 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11124 } 11125 11126 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11127 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11128 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11129 11130 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11131 // accessible in this scope. 11132 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11133 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11134 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11135 } 11136 } 11137 } 11138 11139 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11140 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11141 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11142 11143 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11144 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11145 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11146 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11148 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11149 return D; 11150 } 11151 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11152 // a function template). 11153 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11154 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11155 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11156 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11157 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11158 11159 return D; 11160 } 11161 11162 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11163 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11164 /// optimization. 11165 /// 11166 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11167 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11168 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11169 /// use the named return value optimization. 11170 /// 11171 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11172 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11173 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11174 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11175 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11176 11177 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11178 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11179 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11180 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11181 } 11182 } 11183 } 11184 11185 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11186 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11187 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11188 return false; 11189 11190 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11191 // return type (yet). 11192 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11193 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11194 // we can still delay parsing it. 11195 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11196 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11197 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11198 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11199 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11200 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11201 } 11202 } 11203 return false; 11204 } 11205 11206 return true; 11207 } 11208 11209 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11210 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11211 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11212 // rest of the file. 11213 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11214 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11215 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11216 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11217 return false; 11218 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11219 } 11220 11221 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11222 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11223 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11224 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11225 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11226 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11227 } 11228 11229 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11230 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11231 } 11232 11233 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11234 bool IsInstantiation) { 11235 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11236 11237 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11238 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11239 11240 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11241 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11242 11243 if (FD) { 11244 FD->setBody(Body); 11245 11246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11247 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11248 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11249 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11250 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11251 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11252 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11253 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11254 << FD->getReturnType(); 11255 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11256 } else { 11257 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11258 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11259 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11260 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11261 } 11262 } 11263 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11264 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11265 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11266 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11267 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11268 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11269 11270 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11271 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11272 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11273 QualType RetType = 11274 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11275 11276 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11277 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11278 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11279 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11280 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11281 } 11282 } 11283 11284 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11285 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11286 // is the first declaration. 11287 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11288 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11289 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11290 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11291 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11292 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11293 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11294 } 11295 11296 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11297 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11298 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11299 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11300 11301 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11302 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11303 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11304 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11305 11306 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11307 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11308 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11309 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11310 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11311 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11312 11313 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11314 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11315 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11316 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11317 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11318 11319 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11320 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11321 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11323 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11324 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11325 } 11326 11327 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11328 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11329 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11330 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11331 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11332 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11333 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11335 11336 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11337 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11338 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11339 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11340 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11341 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11342 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11343 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11344 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11345 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11346 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11347 } 11348 } 11349 } 11350 11351 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11352 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11353 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11354 MD->isVirtual() && 11355 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11356 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11357 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11358 if (FD->isInlined() && 11359 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11360 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11361 11362 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11363 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11364 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11365 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11366 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11367 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11368 } else { 11369 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11370 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11371 } 11372 } 11373 } 11374 11375 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11376 "Function parsing confused"); 11377 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11378 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11379 MD->setBody(Body); 11380 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11381 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11382 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11383 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11384 11385 if (Body) 11386 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11387 } 11388 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11389 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11390 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11391 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11392 } 11393 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11394 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11395 bool isDesignated = 11396 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11397 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11398 (void)isDesignated; 11399 11400 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11401 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11402 if (!IFace) 11403 return false; 11404 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11405 if (!SuperD) 11406 return false; 11407 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11408 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11409 }; 11410 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11411 // of NSObject. 11412 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11413 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11414 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11415 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11416 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11417 } 11418 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11419 } 11420 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11421 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11422 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11423 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11424 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11425 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11426 } 11427 } else { 11428 return nullptr; 11429 } 11430 11431 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11432 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11433 "handled in the block above."); 11434 11435 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11436 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11437 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11438 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11439 // Verify this. 11440 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11441 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11442 11443 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11444 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11445 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11446 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11447 11448 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11449 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11450 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11451 11452 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11453 Destructor->getParent()); 11454 } 11455 11456 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11457 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11458 // deletion in some later function. 11459 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11460 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11461 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11462 } 11463 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11464 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11465 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11466 // enabled. 11467 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11468 } 11469 11470 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11471 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11472 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11474 11475 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11476 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11477 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11478 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11479 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11480 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11481 break; 11482 } 11483 } 11484 } 11485 11486 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11487 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11488 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11489 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11490 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11491 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11492 } 11493 11494 if (!IsInstantiation) 11495 PopDeclContext(); 11496 11497 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11498 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11499 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11500 // deletion in some later function. 11501 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11502 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11503 } 11504 11505 return dcl; 11506 } 11507 11508 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11509 /// relevant Decl. 11510 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11511 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11512 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11513 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11514 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11515 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11516 11517 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11518 if (Method->isStatic()) 11519 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11520 } 11521 11522 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11523 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11524 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11525 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11526 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11527 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11528 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11529 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11530 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11531 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11532 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11533 return ExternCPrev; 11534 } 11535 11536 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11537 unsigned diag_id; 11538 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11539 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11540 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11541 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11542 else 11543 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11544 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11545 11546 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11547 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11548 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11549 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11550 if (S && 11551 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11552 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11553 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11554 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11555 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11556 } 11557 11558 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11559 const char *Dummy; 11560 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11561 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11562 unsigned DiagID; 11563 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11564 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11565 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11566 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11567 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11568 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11569 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11570 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11571 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11572 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11573 /*NumParams=*/0, 11574 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11575 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11576 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11577 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11578 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11579 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11580 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11581 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11582 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11583 EST_None, 11584 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11585 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11586 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11587 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11588 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11589 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11590 Loc, Loc, D), 11591 DS.getAttributes(), 11592 SourceLocation()); 11593 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11594 11595 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11596 11597 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11598 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11599 11600 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11601 FD->setImplicit(); 11602 11603 CurContext = PrevDC; 11604 11605 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11606 11607 return FD; 11608 } 11609 11610 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11611 /// the declaration of this function. 11612 /// 11613 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11614 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11615 /// like NSLog or printf. 11616 /// 11617 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11618 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11619 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11620 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11621 return; 11622 11623 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11624 // actual attributes. 11625 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11626 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11627 unsigned FormatIdx; 11628 bool HasVAListArg; 11629 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11630 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11631 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11632 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11633 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11634 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11635 fmt = "NSString"; 11636 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11637 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11638 FormatIdx+1, 11639 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11640 FD->getLocation())); 11641 } 11642 } 11643 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11644 HasVAListArg)) { 11645 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11646 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11647 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11648 FormatIdx+1, 11649 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11650 FD->getLocation())); 11651 } 11652 11653 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11654 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11655 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11656 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11657 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11658 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11659 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11660 } 11661 11662 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11663 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11664 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11665 FD->getLocation())); 11666 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11667 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11668 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11669 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11670 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11671 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11672 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11673 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11674 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11675 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11676 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11677 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11678 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11679 else 11680 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11681 } 11682 } 11683 11684 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11685 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11686 // across. 11687 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11688 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11689 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11690 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11691 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11692 } 11693 11694 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11695 if (!Name) 11696 return; 11697 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11698 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11699 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11700 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11701 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11702 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11703 // about. 11704 } else 11705 return; 11706 11707 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11708 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11709 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11710 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11711 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11712 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11713 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11714 FD->getLocation())); 11715 } 11716 11717 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11718 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11719 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11720 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11721 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11722 FD->getLocation())); 11723 } 11724 } 11725 11726 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11727 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11728 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11729 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11730 11731 if (!TInfo) { 11732 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11733 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11734 } 11735 11736 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11737 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11738 D.getLocStart(), 11739 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11740 D.getIdentifier(), 11741 TInfo); 11742 11743 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11744 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11745 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11746 return NewTD; 11747 } 11748 11749 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11750 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11751 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11752 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11753 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11754 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11755 else 11756 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11757 } 11758 11759 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11760 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11761 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11762 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11763 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11764 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11765 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11766 case TST_enum: 11767 case TST_struct: 11768 case TST_interface: 11769 case TST_union: 11770 case TST_class: { 11771 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11772 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11773 break; 11774 } 11775 11776 default: 11777 break; 11778 } 11779 11780 return NewTD; 11781 } 11782 11783 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11784 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11785 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11786 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11787 11788 if (T->isDependentType()) 11789 return false; 11790 11791 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11792 if (BT->isInteger()) 11793 return false; 11794 11795 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11796 return true; 11797 } 11798 11799 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11800 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11801 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11802 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11803 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11804 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11805 11806 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11807 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11808 << Prev->isScoped(); 11809 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11810 return true; 11811 } 11812 11813 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11814 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11815 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11816 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11817 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11818 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11819 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11820 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11821 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11822 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11823 return true; 11824 } 11825 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11826 ; 11827 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11828 ; 11829 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11830 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11831 << Prev->isFixed(); 11832 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11833 return true; 11834 } 11835 11836 return false; 11837 } 11838 11839 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11840 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11841 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11842 /// 11843 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11844 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11845 switch (Tag) { 11846 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11847 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11848 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11849 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11850 } 11851 } 11852 11853 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11854 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11855 /// 11856 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11857 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11858 { 11859 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11860 } 11861 11862 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11863 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11864 /// 11865 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11866 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11867 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11868 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11869 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11870 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11871 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11872 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11873 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11874 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11875 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11876 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11877 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11878 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11879 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11880 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11881 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11882 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11883 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11884 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11885 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11886 return true; 11887 11888 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11889 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11890 bool isTemplate = false; 11891 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11892 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11893 11894 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11895 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11896 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11897 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11898 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11899 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11900 return true; 11901 } 11902 11903 if (isDefinition) { 11904 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11905 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11906 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11907 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11908 return true; 11909 } 11910 11911 bool previousMismatch = false; 11912 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11913 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11914 if (!previousMismatch) { 11915 previousMismatch = true; 11916 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11917 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11918 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11919 } 11920 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11921 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11922 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11923 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11924 } 11925 } 11926 return true; 11927 } 11928 11929 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11930 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11931 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11932 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11933 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11934 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11935 return true; 11936 } 11937 11938 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11939 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11940 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11941 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11942 11943 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11944 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11945 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11946 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11947 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11948 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11949 } 11950 11951 return true; 11952 } 11953 return false; 11954 } 11955 11956 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11957 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11958 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11959 /// namespace N { 11960 /// struct X; 11961 /// namespace M { 11962 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11963 /// } 11964 /// } 11965 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11966 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11967 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11968 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11969 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11970 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11971 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11972 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11973 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11974 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11975 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11976 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11977 return FixItHint(); 11978 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11979 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11980 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11981 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11982 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11983 break; 11984 } 11985 11986 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11987 // build an NNS. 11988 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11989 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11990 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11991 OS << "::"; 11992 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11993 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11994 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11995 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11996 } 11997 11998 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11999 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12000 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12001 /// using-declaration). 12002 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12003 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12004 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12005 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12006 12007 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12008 return true; 12009 12010 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12011 // encloses the other). 12012 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12013 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12014 return true; 12015 12016 return false; 12017 } 12018 12019 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12020 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12021 /// nothing. 12022 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12023 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12024 DC = DC->getParent(); 12025 return DC; 12026 } 12027 12028 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12029 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12030 /// nothing. 12031 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12032 while (S->isClassScope() || 12033 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12034 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12035 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12036 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12037 S = S->getParent(); 12038 return S; 12039 } 12040 12041 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12042 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12043 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12044 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12045 /// 12046 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12047 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12048 /// 12049 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12050 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12051 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12052 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12053 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12054 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12055 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12056 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12057 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12058 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12059 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12060 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12061 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12062 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12063 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12064 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12065 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12066 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12067 12068 OwnedDecl = false; 12069 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12070 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12071 12072 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12073 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12074 bool Invalid = false; 12075 12076 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12077 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12078 // for non-C++ cases. 12079 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12080 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12081 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12082 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12083 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12084 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12085 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12086 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12087 return nullptr; 12088 } 12089 12090 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12091 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12092 // be a member of another template). 12093 12094 if (Invalid) 12095 return nullptr; 12096 12097 OwnedDecl = false; 12098 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12099 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12100 TemplateParams, AS, 12101 ModulePrivateLoc, 12102 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12103 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12104 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12105 SkipBody); 12106 return Result.get(); 12107 } else { 12108 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12109 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12110 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12111 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12112 } 12113 } 12114 } 12115 12116 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12117 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12118 // redeclaration. 12119 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12120 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12121 12122 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12123 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12124 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12125 // type, default to int. 12126 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12127 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12128 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12129 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12130 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12131 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12132 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12133 12134 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12135 // Recover by falling back to int. 12136 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12137 12138 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12139 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12140 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12141 12142 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12143 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12144 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12145 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12146 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12147 } 12148 } 12149 } 12150 12151 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12152 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12153 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12154 12155 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12156 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12157 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12158 12159 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12160 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12161 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12162 12163 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12164 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12165 Name = nullptr; 12166 goto CreateNewDecl; 12167 } 12168 12169 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12170 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12171 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12172 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12173 if (!DC) { 12174 IsDependent = true; 12175 return nullptr; 12176 } 12177 } else { 12178 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12179 if (!DC) { 12180 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12181 << SS.getRange(); 12182 return nullptr; 12183 } 12184 } 12185 12186 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12187 return nullptr; 12188 12189 SearchDC = DC; 12190 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12191 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12192 12193 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12194 return nullptr; 12195 12196 if (Previous.empty()) { 12197 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12198 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12199 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12200 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12201 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12202 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12203 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12204 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12205 IsDependent = true; 12206 return nullptr; 12207 } 12208 12209 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12210 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12211 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12212 Name = nullptr; 12213 Invalid = true; 12214 goto CreateNewDecl; 12215 } 12216 } else if (Name) { 12217 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12218 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12219 // name different from T: 12220 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12221 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12222 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12223 return nullptr; 12224 12225 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12226 // declaration or definition. 12227 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12228 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12229 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12230 LookupName(Previous, S); 12231 12232 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12233 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12234 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12235 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12236 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12237 while (F.hasNext()) { 12238 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12239 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12240 F.erase(); 12241 } 12242 F.done(); 12243 } 12244 12245 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12246 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12247 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12248 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12249 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12250 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12251 // 12252 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12253 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12254 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12255 // 12256 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12257 // semantic context? 12258 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12259 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12260 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12261 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12262 while (F.hasNext()) { 12263 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12264 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12265 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12266 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12267 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12268 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12269 else 12270 F.erase(); 12271 } 12272 } 12273 F.done(); 12274 12275 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12276 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12277 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12278 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12279 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12280 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12281 } 12282 } 12283 12284 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12285 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12286 return nullptr; 12287 12288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12289 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12290 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12291 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12292 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12293 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12294 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12295 } 12296 } 12297 12298 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12299 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12300 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12301 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12302 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12303 Previous.clear(); 12304 } 12305 12306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12307 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12308 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12309 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12310 12311 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12312 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12313 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12314 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12315 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12316 } 12317 } 12318 12319 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12320 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12321 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12322 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12323 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12324 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12325 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12326 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12327 12328 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12329 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12330 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12331 // 12332 // class-key identifier 12333 // 12334 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12335 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12336 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12337 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12338 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12339 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12340 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12341 // declaration. 12342 // 12343 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12344 // C structs and unions. 12345 // 12346 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12347 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12348 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12349 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12350 // 12351 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12352 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12353 // 12354 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12355 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12356 // lexical context, 12357 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12358 12359 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12360 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12361 } else { 12362 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12363 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12364 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12365 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12366 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12367 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12368 } 12369 12370 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12371 // diagnose some problems. 12372 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12373 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12374 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12375 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12376 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12377 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12378 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12379 } else { 12380 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12381 LookupName(Previous, S); 12382 } 12383 } 12384 12385 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12386 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12387 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12388 12389 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12390 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12391 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12392 12393 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12394 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12395 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12396 // in C++. 12397 // 12398 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12399 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12400 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12401 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12403 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12404 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12405 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12406 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12407 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12408 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12409 PrevDecl = Tag; 12410 Previous.clear(); 12411 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12412 Previous.resolveKind(); 12413 } 12414 } 12415 } 12416 } 12417 12418 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12419 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12420 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12421 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12422 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12423 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12424 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12425 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12426 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12427 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12428 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12429 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12430 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12431 << 0; 12432 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12433 Previous.clear(); 12434 goto CreateNewDecl; 12435 } 12436 } 12437 12438 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12439 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12440 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12441 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12442 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12443 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12444 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12445 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12446 // struct or something similar. 12447 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12448 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12449 Name)) { 12450 bool SafeToContinue 12451 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12452 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12453 if (SafeToContinue) 12454 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12455 << Name 12456 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12457 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12458 else 12459 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12460 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12461 12462 if (SafeToContinue) 12463 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12464 else { 12465 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12466 Name = nullptr; 12467 Previous.clear(); 12468 Invalid = true; 12469 } 12470 } 12471 12472 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12473 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12474 12475 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12476 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12477 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12478 if (ScopedEnum) 12479 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12480 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12481 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12482 return PrevTagDecl; 12483 } 12484 12485 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12486 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12487 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12488 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12489 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12490 12491 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12492 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12493 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12494 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12495 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12496 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12497 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12498 } 12499 12500 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12501 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12502 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12503 // and then later defined. 12504 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12505 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12506 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12507 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12508 } 12509 12510 if (!Invalid) { 12511 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12512 // we have attributes. 12513 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12514 if (Attr) { 12515 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12516 // declaration to hold them. 12517 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12518 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12519 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12520 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12521 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12522 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12523 SS.isEmpty()) { 12524 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12525 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12526 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12527 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12528 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12529 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12530 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12531 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12532 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12533 return PrevTagDecl; 12534 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12535 // that scope. 12536 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12537 } else { 12538 return PrevTagDecl; 12539 } 12540 } 12541 12542 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12543 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12544 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12545 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12546 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12547 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12548 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12549 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12550 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12551 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12552 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12553 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12554 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12555 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12556 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12557 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12558 } 12559 12560 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12561 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12562 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12563 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12564 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12565 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12566 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12567 // use it in place of this one. 12568 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12569 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12570 return Def; 12571 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12572 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12573 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12574 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12575 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12576 else 12577 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12578 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12579 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12580 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12581 // references get the previous definition. 12582 Name = nullptr; 12583 Previous.clear(); 12584 Invalid = true; 12585 } 12586 } else { 12587 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12588 // about a nested redefinition. 12589 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12590 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12591 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12592 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12593 diag::note_previous_definition); 12594 Name = nullptr; 12595 Previous.clear(); 12596 Invalid = true; 12597 } 12598 } 12599 12600 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12601 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12602 } 12603 12604 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12605 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12606 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12607 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12608 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12609 AS = AS_none; 12610 } 12611 } 12612 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12613 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12614 12615 } else { 12616 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12617 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12618 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12619 // have distinct types. 12620 Previous.clear(); 12621 } 12622 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12623 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12624 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12625 12626 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12627 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12628 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12629 } else { 12630 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12631 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12632 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12633 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12634 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12635 unsigned Kind = 0; 12636 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12637 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12638 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12639 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12640 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12641 Invalid = true; 12642 12643 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12644 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12645 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12646 // do nothing 12647 12648 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12649 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12650 unsigned Kind = 0; 12651 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12652 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12653 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12654 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12655 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12656 Invalid = true; 12657 12658 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12659 // case here. 12660 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12661 unsigned Kind = 0; 12662 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12663 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12664 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12665 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12666 Invalid = true; 12667 12668 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12669 } else { 12670 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12671 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12672 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12673 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12674 Name = nullptr; 12675 Invalid = true; 12676 } 12677 12678 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12679 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12680 Previous.clear(); 12681 } 12682 } 12683 12684 CreateNewDecl: 12685 12686 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12687 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12688 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12689 12690 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12691 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12692 // keyword. 12693 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12694 12695 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12696 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12697 // PrevDecl. 12698 TagDecl *New; 12699 12700 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12701 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12702 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12703 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12704 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12705 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12706 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12707 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12708 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12709 TagDecl *Def; 12710 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12711 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12712 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12713 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12714 } 12715 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12716 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12717 << New; 12718 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12719 } else { 12720 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12721 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12722 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12723 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12724 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12725 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12726 12727 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12728 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12729 // the declaration context. 12730 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12731 IsForwardReference = true; 12732 } 12733 } 12734 12735 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12736 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12737 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12738 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12739 else 12740 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12741 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12742 } 12743 } else { 12744 // struct/union/class 12745 12746 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12747 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12749 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12750 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12751 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12752 12753 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12754 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12755 } else 12756 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12757 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12758 } 12759 12760 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12761 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12763 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12764 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12765 Invalid = true; 12766 } 12767 12768 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12769 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12770 if (SS.isSet()) { 12771 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12772 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12773 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12774 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12775 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12776 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12777 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12778 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12779 Invalid = true; 12780 12781 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12782 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12783 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12784 } 12785 } 12786 else 12787 Invalid = true; 12788 } 12789 12790 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12791 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12792 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12793 // 12794 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12795 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12796 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12797 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12798 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12799 // parsing of the struct). 12800 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12801 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12802 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12803 } 12804 } 12805 12806 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12807 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12808 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12809 << 2 12810 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12811 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12812 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12813 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12814 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12815 New->setModulePrivate(); 12816 } 12817 12818 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12819 // check the specialization. 12820 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12821 Invalid = true; 12822 12823 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12824 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12825 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12826 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12827 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12829 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12830 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12831 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12832 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12833 << Name; 12834 Invalid = true; 12835 } 12836 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12837 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12838 } 12839 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12840 } 12841 12842 if (Invalid) 12843 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12844 12845 if (Attr) 12846 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12847 12848 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12849 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12850 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12851 12852 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12853 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12854 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12855 // the tag name visible. 12856 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12857 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12858 12859 // Set the access specifier. 12860 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12861 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12862 12863 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12864 New->startDefinition(); 12865 12866 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12867 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12868 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12869 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12870 if (PrevDecl) 12871 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12872 12873 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12874 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12875 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12876 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12877 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12878 } else if (Name) { 12879 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12880 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12881 if (IsForwardReference) 12882 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12883 } else { 12884 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12885 } 12886 12887 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12888 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12889 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12890 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12891 II->isStr("FILE")) 12892 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12893 12894 if (PrevDecl) 12895 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12896 12897 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12898 // record. 12899 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12900 12901 OwnedDecl = true; 12902 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12903 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12904 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12905 } 12906 12907 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12908 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12909 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12910 12911 // Enter the tag context. 12912 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12913 12914 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12915 12916 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12917 // record. 12918 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12919 } 12920 12921 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12922 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12923 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12924 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12925 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12926 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12927 CurContext = OCD; 12928 return IDecl; 12929 } 12930 12931 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12932 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12933 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12934 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12935 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12936 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12937 12938 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12939 12940 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12941 return; 12942 12943 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12944 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12945 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12946 12947 // C++ [class]p2: 12948 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12949 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12950 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12951 // as if it were a public member name. 12952 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12953 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12954 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12955 Record->getIdentifier(), 12956 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12957 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12958 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12959 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12960 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12961 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12962 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12963 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12964 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12965 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12966 } 12967 12968 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12969 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12970 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12971 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12972 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12973 12974 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12975 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12976 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12977 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12978 RD->completeDefinition(); 12979 } 12980 12981 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12982 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12983 12984 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12985 PopDeclContext(); 12986 12987 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12988 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12989 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12990 12991 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12992 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12993 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12994 } 12995 12996 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12997 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12998 PopDeclContext(); 12999 } 13000 13001 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13002 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13003 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13004 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13005 } 13006 13007 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13008 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13009 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13010 } 13011 13012 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13013 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13014 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13015 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13016 13017 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13018 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13019 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13020 RD->completeDefinition(); 13021 } 13022 13023 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13024 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13025 // the FieldCollector. 13026 13027 PopDeclContext(); 13028 } 13029 13030 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13031 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13032 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13033 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13034 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13035 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13036 if (ZeroWidth) 13037 *ZeroWidth = true; 13038 13039 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13040 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13041 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13042 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13043 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13044 return ExprError(); 13045 if (FieldName) 13046 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13047 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13048 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13049 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13050 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13051 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13052 return ExprError(); 13053 13054 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13055 // it now. 13056 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13057 return BitWidth; 13058 13059 llvm::APSInt Value; 13060 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13061 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13062 return ICE; 13063 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13064 13065 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13066 *ZeroWidth = false; 13067 13068 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13069 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13070 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13071 13072 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13073 if (FieldName) 13074 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13075 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13076 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13077 << Value.toString(10); 13078 } 13079 13080 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13081 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13082 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13083 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13084 13085 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13086 // ABI. 13087 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13088 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13089 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13090 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13091 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13092 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13093 unsigned DiagWidth = 13094 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13095 if (FieldName) 13096 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13097 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13098 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13099 13100 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13101 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13102 << DiagWidth; 13103 } 13104 13105 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13106 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13107 // 'bool'. 13108 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13109 if (FieldName) 13110 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13111 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13112 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13113 else 13114 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13115 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13116 } 13117 } 13118 13119 return BitWidth; 13120 } 13121 13122 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13123 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13124 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13125 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13126 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13127 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13128 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13129 return Res; 13130 } 13131 13132 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13133 /// 13134 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13135 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13136 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13137 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13138 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13139 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13140 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13141 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13142 13143 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13144 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13145 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13146 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13147 13148 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13149 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13150 D.setInvalidType(); 13151 T = Context.IntTy; 13152 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13153 } 13154 } 13155 13156 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13157 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13158 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13159 D.setInvalidType(); 13160 } 13161 13162 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13163 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13164 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13165 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13166 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13167 D.setInvalidType(); 13168 } 13169 13170 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13171 13172 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13173 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13174 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13175 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13176 13177 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13178 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13179 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13180 LookupName(Previous, S); 13181 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13182 case LookupResult::Found: 13183 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13184 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13185 break; 13186 13187 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13188 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13189 break; 13190 13191 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13192 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13193 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13194 break; 13195 } 13196 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13197 13198 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13199 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13200 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13201 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13202 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13203 } 13204 13205 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13206 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13207 13208 bool Mutable 13209 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13210 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13211 FieldDecl *NewFD 13212 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13213 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13214 13215 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13216 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13217 13218 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13219 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13220 13221 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13222 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13223 // with the same name in the same scope. 13224 } else if (II) { 13225 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13226 } else 13227 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13228 13229 return NewFD; 13230 } 13231 13232 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13233 /// 13234 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13235 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13236 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13237 /// created. 13238 /// 13239 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13240 /// 13241 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13242 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13244 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13245 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13246 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13247 SourceLocation TSSL, 13248 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13249 Declarator *D) { 13250 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13251 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13252 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13253 13254 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13255 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13256 if (T.isNull()) { 13257 InvalidDecl = true; 13258 T = Context.IntTy; 13259 } 13260 13261 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13262 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13263 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13264 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13265 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13266 InvalidDecl = true; 13267 } else { 13268 NamedDecl *Def; 13269 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13270 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13271 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13272 InvalidDecl = true; 13273 } 13274 } 13275 } 13276 13277 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13278 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13279 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13280 InvalidDecl = true; 13281 } 13282 13283 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13284 // than a variably modified type. 13285 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13286 bool SizeIsNegative; 13287 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13288 13289 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13290 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13291 SizeIsNegative, 13292 Oversized); 13293 if (FixedTInfo) { 13294 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13295 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13296 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13297 } else { 13298 if (SizeIsNegative) 13299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13300 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13301 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13302 << Oversized.toString(10); 13303 else 13304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13305 InvalidDecl = true; 13306 } 13307 } 13308 13309 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13310 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13311 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13312 AbstractFieldType)) 13313 InvalidDecl = true; 13314 13315 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13316 if (InvalidDecl) 13317 BitWidth = nullptr; 13318 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13319 if (BitWidth) { 13320 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13321 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13322 if (!BitWidth) { 13323 InvalidDecl = true; 13324 BitWidth = nullptr; 13325 ZeroWidth = false; 13326 } 13327 } 13328 13329 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13330 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13331 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13332 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13333 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13334 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13335 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13336 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13337 13338 if (DiagID) { 13339 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13340 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13341 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13342 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13343 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13344 Mutable = false; 13345 InvalidDecl = true; 13346 } 13347 } 13348 } 13349 13350 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13351 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13352 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13353 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13354 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13355 13356 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13357 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13358 if (InvalidDecl) 13359 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13360 13361 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13362 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13363 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13364 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13365 } 13366 13367 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13368 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13369 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13370 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13371 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13372 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13373 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13374 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13375 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13376 // objects. 13377 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13378 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13379 } 13380 } 13381 13382 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13383 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13384 // enabled. 13385 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13386 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13387 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13388 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13389 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13390 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13391 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13392 } 13393 } 13394 } 13395 13396 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13397 // representation, not a parser representation. 13398 if (D) { 13399 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13400 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13401 13402 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13403 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13404 } 13405 13406 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13407 // retainable type. 13408 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13409 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13410 13411 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13412 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13413 13414 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13415 return NewFD; 13416 } 13417 13418 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13419 assert(FD); 13420 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13421 13422 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13423 return false; 13424 13425 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13426 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13427 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13428 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13429 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13430 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13431 // copy constructors. 13432 13433 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13434 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13435 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13436 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13437 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13438 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13439 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13440 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13441 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13442 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13443 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13444 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13445 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13446 member = CXXDestructor; 13447 13448 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13449 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13450 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13451 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13452 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13453 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13454 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13455 // members unavailable. 13456 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13457 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13458 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13459 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13460 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13461 return false; 13462 } 13463 } 13464 13465 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13466 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13467 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13468 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13469 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13470 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13471 } 13472 } 13473 } 13474 13475 return false; 13476 } 13477 13478 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13479 /// AST enum value. 13480 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13481 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13482 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13483 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13484 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13485 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13486 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13487 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13488 } 13489 } 13490 13491 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13492 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13493 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13494 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13495 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13496 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13497 13498 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13499 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13500 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13501 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13502 13503 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13504 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13505 13506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13507 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13508 13509 if (BitWidth) { 13510 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13511 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13512 if (!BitWidth) 13513 D.setInvalidType(); 13514 } else { 13515 // Not a bitfield. 13516 13517 // validate II. 13518 13519 } 13520 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13521 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13522 D.setInvalidType(); 13523 } 13524 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13525 // than a variably modified type. 13526 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13527 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13528 D.setInvalidType(); 13529 } 13530 13531 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13532 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13533 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13534 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13535 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13536 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13537 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13538 return nullptr; 13539 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13540 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13541 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13542 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13543 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13544 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13545 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13546 } 13547 else 13548 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13549 } else { 13550 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13551 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13552 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13553 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13554 return nullptr; 13555 } 13556 } 13557 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13558 } 13559 13560 // Construct the decl. 13561 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13562 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13563 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13564 13565 if (II) { 13566 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13567 ForRedeclaration); 13568 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13569 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13570 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13571 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13572 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13573 } 13574 } 13575 13576 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13577 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13578 13579 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13580 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13581 13582 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13583 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13584 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13585 13586 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13587 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13588 13589 if (II) { 13590 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13591 // these to the interface. 13592 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13593 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13594 } 13595 13596 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13597 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13598 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13599 13600 return NewID; 13601 } 13602 13603 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13604 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13605 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13606 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13607 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13608 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13609 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13610 return; 13611 13612 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13613 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13614 13615 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13616 return; 13617 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13618 if (!ID) { 13619 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13620 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13621 return; 13622 } 13623 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13624 else 13625 return; 13626 } 13627 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13628 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13629 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13630 13631 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13632 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13633 Context.CharTy, 13634 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13635 DeclLoc), 13636 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13637 true); 13638 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13639 } 13640 13641 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13642 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13643 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13644 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13645 13646 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13647 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13648 // it will now change. 13649 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13650 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13651 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13652 default: break; 13653 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13654 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13655 break; 13656 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13657 Context. 13658 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13659 break; 13660 } 13661 } 13662 13663 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13664 13665 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13666 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13667 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13668 if (Record) { 13669 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13670 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13671 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13672 ++NumNamedMembers; 13673 } 13674 } 13675 13676 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13677 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13678 13679 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13680 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13681 i != end; ++i) { 13682 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13683 13684 // Get the type for the field. 13685 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13686 13687 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13688 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13689 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13690 } 13691 13692 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13693 // diagnostics about it. 13694 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13695 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13696 continue; 13697 } 13698 13699 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13700 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13701 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13702 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13703 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13704 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13705 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13706 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13707 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13708 // array. 13709 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13710 // Field declared as a function. 13711 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13712 << FD->getDeclName(); 13713 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13714 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13715 continue; 13716 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13717 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13718 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13719 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13720 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13721 // Flexible array member. 13722 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13723 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13724 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13725 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13726 if (Record->isUnion()) 13727 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13728 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13729 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13730 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13731 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13732 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13733 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13734 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13735 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13736 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13737 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13738 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13739 : 0; 13740 13741 if (DiagID) 13742 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13743 << Record->getTagKind(); 13744 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13745 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13746 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13747 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13748 // of the type. 13749 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13750 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13751 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13752 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13753 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13754 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13755 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13756 13757 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13758 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13759 // 13760 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13761 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13762 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13763 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13764 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13765 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13766 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13767 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13768 continue; 13769 } 13770 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13771 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13772 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13773 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13774 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13775 // Incomplete type 13776 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13777 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13778 continue; 13779 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13780 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13781 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13782 // flexible array member. 13783 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13784 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13785 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13786 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13787 // structures. 13788 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13789 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13790 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13791 else { 13792 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13793 // other structs as an extension. 13794 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13795 << FD->getDeclName(); 13796 } 13797 } 13798 } 13799 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13800 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13801 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13802 AbstractIvarType)) { 13803 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13804 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13805 } 13806 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13807 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13808 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13809 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13810 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13811 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13812 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13814 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13815 FD->setType(T); 13816 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13817 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13818 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13819 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13820 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13821 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13822 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13823 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13824 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13825 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13826 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13827 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13828 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13829 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13830 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13831 } 13832 } else { 13833 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13834 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13835 } 13836 ARCErrReported = true; 13837 } 13838 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13839 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13840 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13841 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13842 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13843 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13844 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13845 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13846 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13847 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13848 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13849 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13850 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13851 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13852 } 13853 } 13854 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13855 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13856 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13857 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13858 ++NumNamedMembers; 13859 } 13860 13861 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13862 if (Record) { 13863 bool Completed = false; 13864 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13865 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13866 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13867 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13868 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13869 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13870 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13871 } 13872 13873 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13874 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13875 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13877 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13878 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13879 } 13880 13881 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13882 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13883 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13884 13885 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13886 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13887 // problem now. 13888 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13889 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13890 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13891 13892 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13893 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13894 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13895 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13896 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13897 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13898 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13899 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13900 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13901 continue; 13902 13903 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13904 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13905 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13906 // program is ill-formed. 13907 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13908 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13909 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13910 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13911 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13912 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13913 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13914 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13915 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13916 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13917 13918 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13919 } 13920 } 13921 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13922 Completed = true; 13923 } 13924 } 13925 } 13926 } 13927 13928 if (!Completed) 13929 Record->completeDefinition(); 13930 13931 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13932 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13933 13934 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13935 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13936 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13937 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13938 } 13939 13940 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13941 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13942 // compatibility problems. 13943 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13944 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13945 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13946 } else { 13947 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13948 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13949 CheckForZeroSize = 13950 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13951 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13952 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13953 } 13954 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13955 bool ZeroSize = true; 13956 bool IsEmpty = true; 13957 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13958 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13959 E = Record->field_end(); 13960 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13961 IsEmpty = false; 13962 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13963 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13964 ZeroSize = false; 13965 } else { 13966 ++NonBitFields; 13967 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13968 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13969 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13970 ZeroSize = false; 13971 } 13972 } 13973 13974 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13975 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13976 // extern "C" block. 13977 if (ZeroSize) { 13978 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13979 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13980 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13981 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13982 } 13983 13984 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13985 // but are accepted by GCC. 13986 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13987 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13988 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13989 << Record->isUnion(); 13990 } 13991 } 13992 } else { 13993 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13994 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13995 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13996 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13997 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13998 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13999 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14000 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14001 } 14002 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14003 // duplicates. 14004 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14005 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14006 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14007 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14008 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14009 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14010 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14011 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14012 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14013 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14014 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14015 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14016 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14017 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14018 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14019 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14020 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14021 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14022 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14023 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14025 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14026 if (IDecl) { 14027 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14028 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14029 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14030 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14031 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14032 continue; 14033 } 14034 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14035 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14036 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14037 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14038 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14039 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14040 continue; 14041 } 14042 } 14043 } 14044 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14045 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14046 } 14047 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14048 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14049 } 14050 } 14051 14052 if (Attr) 14053 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14054 } 14055 14056 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14057 /// the given type T. 14058 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14059 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14060 QualType T) { 14061 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14062 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14063 14064 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14065 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14066 --BitWidth; 14067 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14068 } 14069 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14070 } 14071 14072 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14073 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14074 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14075 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14076 // enum checking below. 14077 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14078 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14079 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14080 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14081 }; 14082 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14083 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14084 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14085 }; 14086 14087 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14088 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14089 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14090 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14091 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14092 return Types[I]; 14093 14094 return QualType(); 14095 } 14096 14097 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14098 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14099 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14100 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14101 Expr *Val) { 14102 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14103 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14104 QualType EltTy; 14105 14106 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14107 Val = nullptr; 14108 14109 if (Val) 14110 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14111 14112 if (Val) { 14113 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14114 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14115 else { 14116 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14117 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14118 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14119 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14120 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14121 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14122 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14123 ExprResult Converted = 14124 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14125 CCEK_Enumerator); 14126 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14127 Val = nullptr; 14128 else 14129 Val = Converted.get(); 14130 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14131 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14132 &EnumVal).get())) { 14133 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14134 } else { 14135 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14136 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14137 14138 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14139 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14140 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14141 // expression checking. 14142 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14143 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14144 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14145 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14146 } else 14147 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14148 } else 14149 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14150 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14151 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14152 .get(); 14153 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14154 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14155 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14156 // is the type of its initializing value: 14157 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14158 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14159 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14160 } else { 14161 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14162 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14163 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14164 // representable as an int. 14165 14166 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14167 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14168 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14169 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14170 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14171 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14172 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14173 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14174 } 14175 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14176 } 14177 } 14178 } 14179 } 14180 14181 if (!Val) { 14182 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14183 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14184 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14185 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14186 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14187 // is the type of its initializing value: 14188 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14189 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14190 // 14191 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14192 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14193 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14194 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14195 } 14196 else { 14197 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14198 } 14199 } else { 14200 // Assign the last value + 1. 14201 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14202 ++EnumVal; 14203 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14204 14205 // Check for overflow on increment. 14206 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14207 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14208 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14209 // is the type of its initializing value: 14210 // 14211 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14212 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14213 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14214 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14215 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14216 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14217 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14218 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14219 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14220 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14221 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14222 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14223 ++EnumVal; 14224 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14225 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14226 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14227 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14228 << EltTy; 14229 else 14230 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14231 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14232 } else { 14233 EltTy = T; 14234 } 14235 14236 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14237 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14238 // value, then increment. 14239 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14240 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14241 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14242 ++EnumVal; 14243 14244 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14245 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14246 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14247 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14248 // integral type. 14249 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14250 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14251 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14252 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14253 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14254 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14255 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14256 } 14257 } 14258 } 14259 14260 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14261 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14262 // enumerator's type. 14263 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14264 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14265 } 14266 14267 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14268 Val, EnumVal); 14269 } 14270 14271 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14272 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14273 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14274 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14275 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14276 14277 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14278 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14279 // skip the body. 14280 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14281 ForRedeclaration); 14282 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14283 if (!PrevECD) 14284 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14285 14286 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14287 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14288 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14289 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14290 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14291 return Skip; 14292 } 14293 14294 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14295 } 14296 14297 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14298 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14299 AttributeList *Attr, 14300 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14301 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14302 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14303 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14304 14305 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14306 // we find one that is. 14307 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14308 14309 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14310 // scope. 14311 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14312 ForRedeclaration); 14313 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14314 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14315 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14316 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14317 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14318 } 14319 14320 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14321 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14322 // different from T: 14323 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14324 // enumerated type 14325 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14326 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14327 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14328 14329 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14330 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14331 if (!New) 14332 return nullptr; 14333 14334 if (PrevDecl) { 14335 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14336 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14337 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14338 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14339 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14340 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14341 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14342 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14343 else 14344 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14345 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14346 return nullptr; 14347 } 14348 } 14349 14350 // Process attributes. 14351 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14352 14353 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14354 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14355 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14356 14357 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14358 14359 return New; 14360 } 14361 14362 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14363 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14364 // Element2 = Element1 14365 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14366 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14367 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14368 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14369 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14370 if (!InitExpr) 14371 return true; 14372 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14373 14374 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14375 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14376 return true; 14377 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14378 if (!IL) 14379 return true; 14380 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14381 return true; 14382 14383 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14384 } 14385 14386 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14387 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14388 if (!DRE) 14389 return true; 14390 14391 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14392 if (!EnumConstant) 14393 return true; 14394 14395 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14396 Enum) 14397 return true; 14398 14399 return false; 14400 } 14401 14402 namespace { 14403 struct DupKey { 14404 int64_t val; 14405 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14406 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14407 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14408 }; 14409 14410 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14411 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14412 false); 14413 } 14414 14415 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14416 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14417 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14418 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14419 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14420 } 14421 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14422 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14423 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14424 } 14425 }; 14426 } // end anonymous namespace 14427 14428 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14429 // a previous element has already been set to. 14430 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14431 EnumDecl *Enum, 14432 QualType EnumType) { 14433 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14434 return; 14435 // Avoid anonymous enums 14436 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14437 return; 14438 14439 // Only check for small enums. 14440 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14441 return; 14442 14443 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14444 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14445 14446 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14447 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14448 ValueToVectorMap; 14449 14450 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14451 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14452 14453 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14454 // an initialier. 14455 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14456 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14457 14458 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14459 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14460 if (!ECD) { 14461 return; 14462 } 14463 14464 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14465 continue; 14466 14467 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14468 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14469 14470 // First time encountering this value. 14471 if (Entry.isNull()) 14472 Entry = ECD; 14473 } 14474 14475 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14476 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14477 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14478 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14479 continue; 14480 14481 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14482 14483 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14484 if (Entry.isNull()) 14485 continue; 14486 14487 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14488 // Ensure constants are different. 14489 if (D == ECD) 14490 continue; 14491 14492 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14493 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14494 Vec->push_back(D); 14495 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14496 14497 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14498 Entry = Vec; 14499 14500 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14501 // diagnostics. 14502 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14503 continue; 14504 } 14505 14506 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14507 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14508 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14509 continue; 14510 14511 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14512 } 14513 14514 // Emit diagnostics. 14515 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14516 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14517 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14518 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14519 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14520 14521 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14522 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14523 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14524 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14525 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14526 ++I; 14527 14528 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14529 // the same value. 14530 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14531 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14532 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14533 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14534 delete Vec; 14535 } 14536 } 14537 14538 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14539 bool AllowMask) const { 14540 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14541 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14542 14543 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14544 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14545 14546 if (R.second) { 14547 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14548 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14549 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14550 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14551 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14552 } 14553 } 14554 14555 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14556 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14557 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14558 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14559 // 14560 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14561 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14562 // likely a logic error. 14563 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14564 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14565 } 14566 14567 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14568 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14569 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14570 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14571 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14572 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14573 14574 if (Attr) 14575 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14576 14577 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14578 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14579 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14580 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14581 if (!ECD) continue; 14582 14583 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14584 } 14585 14586 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14587 return; 14588 } 14589 14590 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14591 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14592 // emit a warning. 14593 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14594 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14595 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14596 14597 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14598 // reverse the list. 14599 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14600 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14601 14602 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14603 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14604 14605 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14606 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14607 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14608 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14609 14610 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14611 14612 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14613 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14614 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14615 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14616 else 14617 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14618 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14619 14620 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14621 if (AllElementsInt) 14622 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14623 } 14624 14625 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14626 QualType BestType; 14627 unsigned BestWidth; 14628 14629 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14630 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14631 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14632 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14633 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14634 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14635 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14636 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14637 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14638 QualType BestPromotionType; 14639 14640 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14641 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14642 // enum definitions. 14643 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14644 Packed = true; 14645 14646 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14647 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14648 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14649 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14650 else 14651 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14652 14653 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14654 } 14655 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14656 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14657 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14658 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14659 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14660 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14661 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14662 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14663 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14664 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14665 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14666 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14667 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14668 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14669 } else { 14670 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14671 14672 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14673 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14674 } else { 14675 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14676 14677 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14678 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14679 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14680 } 14681 } 14682 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14683 } else { 14684 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14685 // all of the enumerator values. 14686 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14687 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14688 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14689 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14690 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14691 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14692 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14693 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14694 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14695 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14696 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14697 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14698 BestPromotionType 14699 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14700 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14701 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14702 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14703 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14704 BestPromotionType 14705 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14706 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14707 } else { 14708 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14709 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14710 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14711 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14712 BestPromotionType 14713 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14714 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14715 } 14716 } 14717 14718 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14719 // the type of the enum if needed. 14720 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14721 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14722 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14723 14724 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14725 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14726 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14727 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14728 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14729 14730 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14731 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14732 14733 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14734 // the enum decl type. 14735 QualType NewTy; 14736 unsigned NewWidth; 14737 bool NewSign; 14738 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14739 !Enum->isFixed() && 14740 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14741 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14742 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14743 NewSign = true; 14744 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14745 // Already the right type! 14746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14747 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14748 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14749 // enumeration. 14750 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14751 continue; 14752 } else { 14753 NewTy = BestType; 14754 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14755 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14756 } 14757 14758 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14759 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14760 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14761 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14762 14763 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14764 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14765 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14766 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14767 CK_IntegralCast, 14768 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14769 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14770 VK_RValue)); 14771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14772 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14773 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14774 // enumeration. 14775 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14776 else 14777 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14778 } 14779 14780 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14781 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14782 14783 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14784 14785 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14786 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14787 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14788 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14789 14790 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14791 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14792 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14793 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14794 << ECD << Enum; 14795 } 14796 } 14797 14798 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14799 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14800 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14801 } 14802 14803 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14804 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14805 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14806 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14807 14808 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14809 AsmString, StartLoc, 14810 EndLoc); 14811 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14812 return New; 14813 } 14814 14815 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14816 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14817 bool FromInclude = false) { 14818 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14819 14820 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14821 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14822 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14823 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14824 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14825 break; 14826 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14827 break; 14828 } 14829 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14830 } 14831 14832 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14833 DC = DC->getParent(); 14834 14835 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14836 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14837 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14838 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14839 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14840 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14841 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14842 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14843 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14844 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14845 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14846 } 14847 } 14848 14849 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14850 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14851 } 14852 14853 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14854 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14855 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14856 Module *Mod = 14857 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14858 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14859 if (!Mod) 14860 return true; 14861 14862 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14863 14864 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14865 14866 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14867 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14868 // silently ignoring the import. 14869 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14870 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 14871 ? diag::err_module_self_import 14872 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14873 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14874 14875 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14876 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14877 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14878 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14879 // We need the length to be consistent. 14880 if (!ModCheck) 14881 break; 14882 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14883 14884 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14885 } 14886 14887 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14888 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14889 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14890 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14891 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14892 return Import; 14893 } 14894 14895 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14896 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14897 14898 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14899 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14900 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14901 // 14902 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14903 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14904 TUKind == TU_Module && 14905 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14906 14907 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 14908 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 14909 bool ShouldAddImport = 14910 !IsInModuleIncludes && 14911 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 14912 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 14913 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 14914 14915 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14916 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14917 if (ShouldAddImport) { 14918 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14919 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14920 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14921 DirectiveLoc); 14922 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14923 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14924 } 14925 14926 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14927 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14928 } 14929 14930 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14931 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14932 14933 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14934 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14935 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14936 } 14937 14938 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14939 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14940 14941 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14942 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14943 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14944 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14945 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 14946 // is now out of date. 14947 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 14948 } 14949 } 14950 14951 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14952 Module *Mod) { 14953 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14954 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14955 return; 14956 14957 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14958 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14959 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14960 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14961 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14962 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14963 14964 // Make the module visible. 14965 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14966 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14967 } 14968 14969 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14970 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14971 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14972 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14973 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14974 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14975 LookupOrdinaryName); 14976 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14977 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14978 14979 // If a declaration that: 14980 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14981 // 2) has external linkage 14982 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14983 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14984 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14985 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14986 else 14987 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14988 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14989 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14990 } else 14991 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14992 } 14993 14994 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14995 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14996 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14997 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14998 14999 if (PrevDecl) { 15000 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15001 } else { 15002 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15003 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15004 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15005 } 15006 } 15007 15008 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15009 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15010 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15011 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15012 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15013 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15014 LookupOrdinaryName); 15015 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15016 15017 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15018 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15019 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15020 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15021 } else { 15022 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15023 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15024 } 15025 } 15026 15027 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15028 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15029 } 15030 15031 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15032 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15033 if (!D) 15034 return AR_Available; 15035 15036 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15037 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15038 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15039 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15040 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15041 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15042 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15043 if (R != AR_Available) 15044 return R; 15045 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15046 } 15047 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15048 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15049 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15050 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15051 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15052 } 15053 // Recover from user error. 15054 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15055 } 15056